Type = 11 iDate=3/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS  Type = 11 iDate=6/10/69 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Dn Auditors Dn Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Dn Auditors Dn Checksheet (Amends and Replaces HCOB OF 6 OCT 69, same title) TRIPLE ERRORS IN DIANETICS In running triples after running single flow on several items, IT CAN BE DIFFICULT IF THE TA IS HIGH AT SESSION START. The correct thing to do when an auditor starts a session to run flows 2 and 3 on a single item already run AND FINDS THE PC's TA IS HIGH (3.5 up) is to send the pc to Review to have his ruds put in. The TA may not be high on the 2nd or 3rd flow about to be run at session start but on some other chain. The rule is simple: WHEN STARTING A SESSION TO RUN FLOWS 2 OR 3 OF A SINGLE ITEM PREVIOUSLY RUN IN AN EARLIER SESSION, AND THE TA IS HIGH (3.5 UP) AT SESSION START, SEND THE PC TO REVIEW FOR RUDIMENTS. In actual practice one can sometimes muddle through and the TA will come down and the needle F/N on the Flow 2 or 3 anyway. BUT THE AUDITOR WILL HAVE TO BE VERY ALERT TO BLOWDOWNS, which indicate a basic has been reached, not overrun it beyond F/N and generally run a flawless session. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rs.ei.rd Copyright $c 1969, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The amendment is the addition of the phrase, "AND THE TA IS HIGH (3.5 UP) AT SESSION START", in the fifth paragraph. This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Revised and Reissued 27 July 1974, Dianetics -- Triple Flow Action, which gives the rule: "DIANETICS IS RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY. DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME." LRH] 1  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=15/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE USES OF AUDITING   Remimeo Registrar's Hat Ltr Reg Hat Dn C/S Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Registrar's Hat Ltr Reg Hat Dn C/S Checksheet THE USES OF AUDITING Case Supervisors, Registrars and Letter Registrars particularly should know something of the enormous number of uses to which auditing can be put. The idea of selling and applying "Dianetic Triples" and "Scientology Grades" as all one knows about is an approach that is both lazy and ignorant. It is doubtful if one could count the number of uses to which auditing can be placed to help livingness and improve the health, ability and outlook of a person. The trend now is to apply auditing to special requirements. But this is not a new trend -- it is merely unknown. Emphasis on completed grades tended to drive out of sight the real uses of auditing. Naturally one wants his Dianetic Triples and his Scientology Triples. But to say this is the end of auditing is silly. In the pursuit of the "new" one forgets the successful old. In Class VI auditing, there are thousands of processes, all valid, if run only to F/N. Dianetic Auditing particularly lends itself to specific situations. For instance, a pregnant woman should be audited on emotions and somatics relating to birth or babies before delivery. We used to simply audit the girl's own birth and any past births (R3R). Then immediately after delivery the engram is run out. Handling pregnancy in this fashion has the woman up and about in 3 days and in fine condition. This prevents utterly the extreme of "post-partum psychosis", as mental upset due to delivery is called. It prevents any upset with the husband or child. It prevents physical aftereffects. In short, it should be done. People who have been ill for some time often only get well because they are audited. After any illness the person should be audited. After accidents and medical care people should be audited. Almost any human situation containing pain or misemotion should be handled by auditing. In the field of ability auditing is king. The inability to study or to work or even to live can be handled in many ways. The simple action of listing the somatics, emotions and attitudes of the unwanted condition and running them R3R Triples relieves them. A Registrar can sign up "Intensives" on these subjects and get them relayed to the Case Supervisor. Auditing is for use. Auditing is the answer to human disability and travail. It can make life worth living. 2 Auditing is not a limited action, "He's had his triples so you can't do anything" is about as limited a view as you can get. The public should be given lists of things they may want handled. The use of auditing should be known, particularly in lower orgs. A Case Supervisor should be fully aware of what auditing can do and insist that it get done. There is no limit to what good auditing can do. That is the first thing one should learn about it. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 3  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=15/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HANDLING WITH AUDITING   Remimeo Registrar's Hat Ltr Reg Hat OES Hat Tech Sec Hat Qual Sec Hat Dir Success Hat Dn C/S Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Issue II Registrar's Hat Ltr Reg Hat OES Hat Tech Sec Hat Qual Sec Hat Dir Success Hat HANDLING WITH AUDITING Dn C/S Checksheet There is no reason or excuse not to actually HANDLE a pc's desire or complaint with auditing. By handle is meant finish off, complete, end cycle on. To give you an idea of the reverse -- in admin we sometimes find terminals that refer despatches to others, let them drift, give excuses why not. This all adds up to NOT HANDLING. This is the basic reason for DEV T (Developed, meaning excessive, traffic). Like the stationery company writes somebody in the org to please specify the number of sheets wanted. So whoever's hat it is refers it to somebody else who refers it to another who fails to answer. In this way, the org can look industrious while accomplishing nothing. Nobody HANDLES it. You can get a similar situation going with pcs. Nobody HANDLES the pc. And if you keep this up, your whole area fills up with unhandled pcs, the org's repute goes down and stats eventually crash. The org is being paid to HANDLE pcs. It is not being paid to put them off or explain or let them drift away. Here is an example from the early 1960s. An org had it going that anybody who was feeling bad and demanding help got a review. The review consisted of a Green Form to F/N. While this would clean up an ARC Brk or PTP or a poor prior session, it sure wasn't about to remedy a feeling of nausea. So a pc would come in with a feeling of nausea. He would be sent to Review, get a Green Form and F/N on an ARC Break. Then Review would shrug off the fact that the pc was still nauseated by saying all it could do was a GF! In short, it wouldn't handle the pc. Another recent case -- pc with migraine headaches. Got some (evidently poor) Dianetic Auditing. No change. When the pc's friend complained, he was told it was "the illegal life she was living" and no action was taken. So the pc went to another org and there they refused auditing due to painkillers (instead of waiting 2 or 3 days until it wore off). These are cases of NOT HANDLING. The idea of non-handling can also go into fees. A pc once paid a Franchise for auditing to be done in an org. The Franchise did not forward the fee so the org sent the pc back home. Service and HANDLING are the same thing. When you give service you handle. There are thousands of ways of not handling. Letting backlogs occur in Tech and Qual is probably the most serious to org income and to field repute. Also if a person is goofed up in Tech he probably is suffering and to be put off in Qual for any reason at all is a severe blow to the org. A 3 hour Qual backlog is too long. So, part of HANDLING cases is HANDLE N - O - W! 4 I recall a Qual backlog I once found of 10 pcs. They were of all varieties -- but the main fault was just nobody had the idea except the pcs that they should be handled NOW. And HANDLED. I sat down and did four of them in the next four hours and grabbed off auditors from Admin and Exec areas and handled the rest. Within 6 hours of finding this backlog, they were all HANDLED, happily, finally and wholly satisfied. What was required was (a) a determination to handle cases, (b) a surety they could be handled and (c) the actual handling. All three points are needful. Only two things prevent the above. When the help factor is low in the org or its auditors, there is no real determination to handle cases. A commercialism enters where the payment of the money is more interesting than the delivery of the service. This is self-defeative. One has to have the money but one won't continue to get money unless one is vitally interested in actually delivering service -- which means actually handling the cases. The certainty that one can handle cases depends in the main upon good training and exact application of the technology. There can be an awful lot of tech to apply but the point is to apply the tech that is applied with exactness. "Squirreling" is not really different processes -- it is careless, incomplete, messed up auditing procedure. An auditor auditing a process that reads with excellent TRs to an F/N with good indicators seldom has any loses. But even given good procedure, one occasionally gets a lose. This tends to reduce one's certainty that he can get a result on a pc. Usually it isn't one's own pcs that cause this -- it's hearing about some pc who didn't get a result, but not hearing the whole story. If one's command of the subject of auditing is poor he doesn't recognize why there was a lose. A pc lies about having eaten or slept or is being audited on someone else's determination or some such thing and because of these, the pc gets a lose. This causes the auditor to have a lose. Some auditors can get 20 wins and 1 lose and then mourn only about the 1 lose. What is missed here -- with pc loses -- is that it is almost always a short-term lose. They lost in this one but nobody thinks to KEEP AT IT WITH DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY UNTIL IT'S A WIN. I've seen somebody audited for years before he finally and forever lost his chronic trouble. He would get better and then relapse, never quite so bad. And finally he recovered totally. So there must be some idea extant amongst auditors that all "wins" in auditing must be fast, total and appreciated volubly. This isn't always the case. In fact, it is in the minority. So an auditor's and an org's certainty should depend only on being certain of eventual permanent result and to be very extra happy when it is fast, total and appreciated. To handle a case one keeps at it. So the pc got an intensive. So the pc wasn't handled in that intensive. Well, one doesn't just dust it off and say that's it forever. The Case Supervisor looks harder and gets the Registrar to get more auditing bought. If Dianetics didn't handle, Scientology will. If this process didn't handle completely, that process may. This is the winning attitude. I know one case that's still goofed up after a decade. The medics put a steel pipe in his leg bone. He won't get it taken out and insists on auditing only. So every few months somebody tries again. Sooner or later this case will be handled. The point is to keep trying to handle, not dream up reasons it can't be. 5 Auditors brought up with the idea that 5 hours of auditing should always resurrect a decayed corpse haven't been brought up right. Some SP around them has been making demands of the subject and auditing that BUILD IN LOSES. Girl with migraine, 15 hours of Dianetics, still has migraine. Okay. So we don't brush her off. We get her to buy a good long Scientology intensive and do a full "GF 40". Still has migraine. So we now do another Dianetic Intensive. We don't mislead her. We say, "Okay, you want to get rid of your migraine. So we'll stay with you if you'll work along with us as long as it takes. It might happen fast, it might happen slow. You might have to go all the way to OT Grades. But we'll try all the way." A Registrar that promises instant miracles is cutting the Tech Sec's throat and the GI as well! The condition can be handled. The whole point is, for the good of the pc and the org it eventually must be handled. There are literally thousands of processes and approaches available for use. The pc expects the condition to be handled. So one way or another one gets the pc handled. To do otherwise is to court disaster for the org. Now and then a pc gets away, nearly always because of errors that get the pc upset with the subject of auditing, never when the org wasn't still trying to handle. A session was goofed and not repaired, somebody in the org inferred the condition couldn't be handled, that's the sort of thing that loses pcs. Keep on trying to handle and you will succeed. Auditing is remarkable enough already not to cripple it by leading pcs to expect instant results every time. But the main point is, you audit a pc with Dianetics and Scientology until the pc's case is handled. And sooner or later, it will be. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 6  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=19/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REGISTRARS' ADVICE FORM   Remimeo Registrar Form  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Registrar Form REGISTRARS' ADVICE FORM Although no Registrar may give tech advice to a pc, what the pc wanted and expected and bought is made a matter of interest to the Case Supervisor. Routing: 1. Registrar's Desk. PC complained of _________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ PC hoped to achieve ______________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ PC was sold ______________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ Any data from pc CF folder _______________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 2. To Examiner or Tech Director for Interview. PC's TA __________________________ NEEDLE ________________________________ PC's appearance __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 7 Prior Auditing ___________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ PC hopes _________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 3. To Tech Services. Include in PC folder and send folder to the C/S. Be sure to send any old tech folder the pc may have on file or may have had sent in or brought in. 4. C/S noted the above. _____________________________________ Initial Note: This Advice Form in no way relieves the C/S of any responsibility in handling the pc's case. It is advice only. The C/S may require other actions be done first. Insofar as possible, the pc's desires are achieved but not necessarily in this one intensive and the pc should be so informed by the Registrar. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jz.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=21/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CANCELLATION OF PERMISSIVE TRs  Type = 11 iDate=29/4/63 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo HDGs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo HDGs CANCELLATION OF PERMISSIVE TRs HCO B 29 April 1963, MODERNIZED TRAINING DRILLS USING PERMISSIVE COACHING, is cancelled and is not to be used on any checksheet. The correct TRs and application are as listed on HCO B 17 April 1961, TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED. The 1963 revision was not done by me and has been found to be not workable. The best method is the original 1961 way of doing TRs. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:jz.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 8  L. RON HUBBARD   Type = 11 iDate=27/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED   Remimeo Dn Checksheet Tech Personnel  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Dn Checksheet Tech Personnel NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED A Narrative Item is one which will land the pc in a single incident for which there is no chain. Flagrant example: "The time the horse Baldy dumped me in the Potomac." Obviously there was only one such incident. If it doesn't F/N, where are you going to go with R3R? No chain. Example: "When my mother spanked me." One incident. No chain. Example: "A feeling like catching my hand in a 322 IBM computer on March 3 last year." Only one incident. No chain. Example: "Like being bitten by a dog." Several examples on a chain but the SOMATIC he is trying to get rid of has a basic on it of being tortured. NARRATIVE CHAINS OF EXCESSIVE LENGTH These are by repeating story. By incident description. There may be 40 billion times his shoe pinched. Example: "Feeling like a shoe pinching me." The chain is endless. On the same somatic list was "A painful foot." This, being a somatic, permits you to get to a basic. Example: "Feeling like my parents were cross with me." There may be seven thousand such incidents. You never get to basic. SOMATICS In old Dianetics, we often ran narratives. They can be run. But now and then there is only one incident and it never arrives at any basic. Or there are so many similar incidents you go on for days! The breakthrough came in assessing only somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes. There are two types of chains -- (1) story or narrative (2) feelings. The feeling chains (pain, soreness, physical sensation) are the ones that relieve what's wrong with the pc. You can audit for a long time on narrative or story incidents without relieving any somatics. Narrative items can give you trouble in R3R. Somatics, sensations, emotions, attitudes as R3R items not only give you no trouble to audit but deliver the goods. A sore arm chain can include incidents such as: 1. Being hit by a tree. 2. Run over by a carriage. 3. Being wounded in a duel. 4. Being hit by a stone axe. If "sore arm" is the item assessed (a somatic) then you get all four incidents listed. 9 Suppose you assess 3 "Being wounded in a duel" as the item. It's a narrative item because it describes the incident. So you run 3 only, never get to 4 and leave the pc with a sore arm. He's trying to get rid of a sore arm, not a duel. Get it? LRH:jz.rd Copyright $c 1970 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=27/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  E-METER DRILL COACHING   HDG C/sheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1970 (HCO Bulletin of 10 December 1965 Revised for HDG) HDG C/sheet E-METER DRILL COACHING The following was submitted by Malcolm Cheminais Supervisor on the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course. Here are some observations I have made on the coaching of E-Meter drills, which I feel could be of use: 1. The coach's needle is dirty. The student's out comm cycle has cut his comm in some way, but PRIOR to that the coach failed to flunk the part of the comm cycle that went out. Correct flunking by coaches equals students with no dirty needles. 2. If a coach's TA starts climbing on a drill and the needle gets sticky, it means that the student's comm cycle has dispersed him and pushed him out of PT. The coach is either (1) not flunking at all (2) flunking the incorrect thing. 3. The correct flunking by the coach of an out comm cycle, which has dispersed him and pushed his TA up, will always result in a TA blow down. If there is no blow down, the coach has flunked the wrong thing. 4. Needle not responding well and sensitively on assessment drills, although the needle clean. Coach has failed to flunk TR 1 (or TR 0) for lack of impingement and reach. 5. Coach reaching forward and leaning on the table, means TR 1 is out with the student. 6. Students shouting or talking very loudly on assessment drills to try and get the Meter to read by overwhelm. The reason for this is invariably -- "but I'm assessing the bank!" They haven't realized that banks don't read, only thetans impinged upon by the bank -- therefore the TR 1 must be addressed to the thetan. The meter responds proportionately to the amount of ARC in the Session. (See HCO B 29 Jan 70 for lists that don't read.) LRH:emp.kjm.rd Copyright $c 1965, 1970 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 10  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=29/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  NULL LISTS IN DIANETICS   Remimeo Staff Auditors Dn Cse Supers C/Ses Dn Checksheets Class VIIIs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1970 Remimeo Staff Auditors Dn Cse Supers C/Ses Dn Checksheets Class VIIIs NULL LISTS IN DIANETICS It happens all too often in Dianetic auditing that: (a) No further items on the assessment list read but (b) The pc still has these somatics. This is quite a problem. It cuts short the number of hours that can be delivered and leaves an unhappy pc. But what do you know, the list isn't null. It is suppressed or invalidated. Here is where the Dianetic Auditor bridges over into Scientology, to which this action properly belongs. There are many many such Scientology actions which the Dianetic Auditor will learn how to do when he studies to become a Scientology class auditor. However, the great importance of the problem of a null or apparently dead list makes it necessary to teach the Dianetic Auditor this technique. SITUATION: NO ITEM ON THE Health Form or List NOW READS, ONE OR MORE HAVE BEEN RUN, THE PC STILL HAS SYMPTOMS THAT ARE ON THE LIST. BUT THEY WON'T READ. SOLUTION: THE DN AUDITOR NULLS BY SUPPRESS "BUTTON" AND IF NEEDED, THE INVALIDATE BUTTON. This is normally called "getting in the suppress button" or "getting in the invalidate button". It is called BUTTON because when you push it (say it) you can get a meter reaction. In Scientology, this is called "Nulling by suppress". All right, the list comes out all X -- nothing reading. The auditor, watching the needle out of the corner of his eye and also looking at the list (a trick you must be able to do so as never to miss a read on the meter), nulls down the list on all unrun items. "On the item 'dizzy feeling' has anything been suppressed?" "On the item 'painful head' has anything been suppressed? That reads." PC: "Yes, I suppress it all the time." Auditor: "Painful head. That reads. Are you interested in running that item?" PC: "Yes! I kept wondering why it never read." 11 The auditor then runs R3R. In the case of Invalidate, if suppress doesn't read, one "puts in the invalidate button". Auditor, reading an apparently null list: "On the item 'dizzy feeling' has anything been invalidated?" "On the item 'sore feet' has anything been invalidated? That reads." PC: "Yes, because it didn't read in the first place." "Sore feet. That reads. Are you interested in running that item?" PC: "Yes!" So the auditor runs R3R. As you will learn in Scientology, when the pc suppresses or invalidates something, the read transfers to suppress or invalidate, whichever they did. Suppress or invalidate now read, the item itself doesn't until one puts the button (suppress or invalidate) in. DON'T LET A DIANETIC PC OFF AUDITING JUST BECAUSE HIS UNRUN LIST ITEMS WON'T READ ON THE METER. Get in Suppress and Invalidate on the items as above. It is a rapid action, not two way comm between items. You ask the meter, not the pc. Hope this helps. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 12  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=31/1/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  WITHHOLDS, OTHER PEOPLE'S   Remimeo SHSBC Checksheet Academy Checksheet Level II  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 31 JANUARY 1970 SHSBC Checksheet Academy Checksheet Level II WITHHOLDS, OTHER PEOPLE'S Now and then, quite rarely, you find an auditor who in being audited "gets off" other people's withholds. Example: "Yes, I have a withhold from you. Charley said you were insane." Example: "Yes, I have a withhold. Mary Agnes has been in prison." One also finds public pcs trying to do this occasionally. The facts of the case are that it doesn't do anybody any good casewise to "get off" other people's withholds. Essentially, a withhold by definition is something the pc did that was an overt act, which the pc is withholding and thus keeping secret. Thus, getting off things that somebody else did is not helpful to a case as such things aren't aberrative to the pc. But now let's look at this more closely. If a pc is "getting off" other people's withholds HE HIMSELF MUST HAVE A CHAIN OF SIMILAR OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS that are his own. Getting off other people's withholds is then seen as a symptom of the pc withholding similar actions of his own. Let us then complete the two examples above. Auditor: "Do you have a withhold?" Pc: "Charley said you were insane." Auditor, correctly: "Do you have a similar withhold of your own?" Pc: "Er -- uh -- well actually I told the class you were crazy last month." Auditor: "Do you have a withhold?" Pc: "Mary Agnes has been in prison." Auditor: "Ok. Do you have a similar withhold of your own?" Pc: "Er -- uh -- well -- I spent two years in a reform school and I've never told anybody." You can assume that any pc who is trying to get off withholds someone else had is making a sort of out-of-valence effort to avoid giving his own withholds. This applies, of course, to all overts as well. Somebody giving other people's overts (which aren't aberrative to him) is actually failing to give overts of his own which are aberrative to him. This is the mechanism behind the fact that if a pc is nattering about somebody the pc has overts on that somebody. The natter is "other people's overts". Getting these off does not help the pc. Getting the pc's off does. Never be misled by a nattering pc. Never be hooked into letting him get off other people's overts and withholds. LRH:jz.rd Copyright $c 1970 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 13  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=4/2/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS   URGENT -- IMPORTANT Remimeo Div 2 Div 4 Registrars Case Supervisors Class VIIIs All orgs SHs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970 Remimeo Div 2 Div 4 Registrars Case Supervisors Class VIIIs All orgs URGENT -- IMPORTANT SHs PC APPLICATION FOR MAJOR ACTIONS It is vital that HCO Policy Letter of 4 February 70, "PC Application Form for Any Major Auditing Action", be filled out by any pc applying for major auditing actions. Major actions are: Dianetic Singles Dianetic Triples Scientology Singles Scientology Triples POWER R6EW CLEAR OT GRADES Other actions, such as Student Rescue Intensives, Assists, handling chronic somatics, regaining specific abilities, as desired by the pc, are not major actions. THE BIG POINT OF CLASS VIII IS THAT A PC'S CASE -- OR A PRE-OT'S -- IS PREPARED AND SET UP FOR ANY MAJOR ACTION. This applies to all levels of pcs and applies to ALL AUDITORS whether VIII or not. NEVER RUN A PC ON A MAJOR ACTION WHOSE CASE IS GIVING TROUBLE. Get that trouble handled first. This is done IN TECH DIV 4, not in Review. Pcs shy off reviews. Reviews are for cases flubbed IN AUDITING. Ordinary Dianetic Intensives or Class VI Scientology processes to handle case trouble are run in the Tech Division. The lowest level of handling is to get the pc to a medical doctor for treatment of any purely medical trouble. This can be accompanied by Dianetic assists. We do not advocate severe operations and particularly do not advocate "exploratory operations". We will not refuse auditing on the grounds of medical illness. We do advocate that known physical illnesses that respond to medical treatment be given it. Assists are the next level. Flying life ruds, S & Ds and other such Scientology actions, including "GF 40 Complete", more Dianetics and Class VI processes are all preparatory actions. There are literally hundreds of these. It takes, it is reported, 25 hours of Dianetics for a field pc to get into past lives. On the PL Form No. 6, these are noted. If the pc has not contacted past lives yet, he must have more Dianetic Auditing until he does so. Using Suppress and Invalidate on old lists gives you lots of items to run triple. 14 If a needle is dirty the pc needs to be smoothed out by good auditing. If the TA is high (4 or above) the pc needs more engrams run. Dianetics and Class VI actions can and do handle chronic somatics. Use such processes until there are no more chronic somatics. Test results should be available to a Case Supervisor. Until these are better, it is folly to engage in Scn triples or Power or above as the gains won't hold. EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc has had Scn singles. TA tends high. Registrar signs up for triples and without further ado they are delivered. Flunk. The pc should have had a lot of Dianetics before anyone ran triples. EXAMPLE OF WRONGNESS: Pc with migraine signs up for Power, is given Power, asks for refund. Flunk. The pc should have been required to get all Dianetic auditing necessary to get rid of the migraine and the whole case smoothed before Power was begun. It is very serious not to prepare a case for a major step. The cycle of sign up, give major action, refund is a very very sour way to deliver auditing. The org and the Case Supervisor and the auditor must care what happens to the pc. An org and a Case Supervisor and an auditor must have a reality on what auditing can do. By using HCO PL 4 Feb 70, you get around the sticky bit of the pc thinking he is just being persuaded to have more auditing. He is made to apply. He is looked over in Tech as well as the form and told what needs to be done first. If you are really interested in the pc, you will have no trouble. The pc or PreOT makes out HCO PL 4 Feb 70 for every major step in auditing. Studying these the Case Supervisor will know what to do. Do not use HCO PL 4 Feb 70 to prevent auditing from occurring. On the contrary, use it to increase gains on the pc. This PL is also a major promotion opportunity. But don't promote by mailing it broadly unless you actually have auditors auditing in your org and the large number of auditing actions which can be done on a pc comprehended by the org and Case Supervisor. Handled right, this HCO PL 4 Feb 70 can bring success and great prosperity to your org and make a very happy field. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 15  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 21 iDate=4/2/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=26/10/75 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PC APPLICATION FORM FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION   Remimeo Div 2 Div 4 Registrar C/S All Orgs All SHs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1970R Div 2 REVISED 26 OCTOBER 1975 Div 4 (Revision in this type style) Registrar C/S All Orgs All SHs PC APPLICATION FORM FOR ANY MAJOR AUDITING ACTION This form is to be made out by the Preclear and mailed or handed in to the Registrar who will forward it to the Case Supervisor. It is an addition to any other sign-up papers. _____________________________________________________ _______________________ PRECLEAR NAME (BLOCK CAPS) DATE ______________________________________________________________________________ CURRENT ADDRESS _____________________________________________________ CITY I __________________________________________ (name) hereby apply for auditing: _______ Life Repair, any Org _______ Drug Rundown, any Org _______ Dianetic Case Completion, any Org _______ Expanded Grades, Scientology, any Org (Triple or Quad) _______ Expanded Dianetics, Continental Orgs, Saint Hill Orgs, Orgs where authorized _______ POWER, in a Saint Hill Org _______ R6EW, in an Advanced Org _______ CLEAR, in an Advanced Org _______ OT LEVELS, in an Advanced Org 1. I realize it may be necessary to prepare my case for a major action, such as above or to handle medical actions or to get auditing for chronic somatics or particular difficulties. 2. I have the following physical disabilities: _____________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 3. I have had auditing on the following: ___________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 4. I have had case gains on: _______________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 5. I have been trying to get the following chronic condition handled: ______ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 16 6. I have, have not (circle one or the other) contacted past lives in running engrams. __________________________________________________________________________ 7. The following close relatives or family are favorable/unfavorable to Dianetics and Scientology: _______________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 8. I have, do not have a drug history. (Circle one or the other) (By drugs is meant -- to mention a few -- tranquilizers, aspirin, amphetamine, medical drugs, marijuana, LSD, opium, and including alcohol.) __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 8a. I am, am not presently taking drugs. (Circle one) __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 9. I have, have not been treated by psychiatrists. (Circle one) Give any details. _________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 10. I am a fast, slow student. (Circle one) __________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 11. I have already had the following auditing actions: __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 12. My training level in Dianetics or Scientology is (include have read books or not, if no formal training): __________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 13. I object, do not object to medical treatment (circle one), if I am physically ill. __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 14. I plan the following auditing actions after the above major grade is attained: ________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ I hereby swear and attest the above to be true. ____________________________________ SIGNED Fill out, sign and return to the Registrar, who will include it in your folder for Case Supervisor use. LRH:mg.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1970, 1975 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 17  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=13/2/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HIGH TA, FULL HANDLING OF   Remimeo All Class VIIIs Case Supervisors Class VIII Checksheet Case Super Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 FEBRUARY 1970 Remimeo All Class VIIIs Case Supervisors Class VIII Checksheet Case Super Checksheet HIGH TA, FULL HANDLING OF (Refers to HCO B 17 Sept 68, "Overrun Process", Case Supervision No. DDD 400) The problem that "bugs" a great many auditors and gets in the way of a lot of pcs is HIGH TA. Since the issue of Class VIII materials over a year and a half ago, I have been studying this problem and have additional observation and remedy on it. Whereas earlier materials handle it, it sometimes crops up again on the same pc. To handle it fully and forever on a pc was the principal target in my further research. The following develops: THE CAUSE OF HIGH TA IS AN ENGRAM CHAIN IN RESTIMULATION. There is no other cause or reason for it than that. Engram chains go into restimulation on OVERRUN IN LIFE. Thus Overrun results in a high TA, but THE REASON OVERRUN RESULTS IN A HIGH TA IS THAT IT THROWS AN ENGRAM CHAIN INTO RESTIMULATION. One sees this in running R3R when: (a) The original chain is erased and the pc jumps chains. (b) When the auditor insists on a rerun of an erased chain. One sees this in Scientology when a floating needle is by-passed. The underlying engram chain is then restimulated instead of keyed out and the resulting mass (of engrams) sends the TA high. Rehab keys out the mass again. An auditor should understand this Scn cycle -- Auditing Commands = key- out of mass in engrams = F/N. Overrun is Auditing Commands = key-out of mass in engrams = F/N + more Auditing Commands = key-in of mass in engrams = overrun = high TA. Rehab gets back the point of key-out = F/N again as the mass drops away out of restim. In Dianetics an erased chain removes the mass. Overrun = disrelated chain being restimulated. Rehab can occur with F/N when the disrelated chain drops away. The only real fault Symptom No. DDD, Direction 400, pigeonhole 8 of Class VIII C/S Booklet, has is an auditor's failure to get a BD item on his list. If he just listed to BD item on the question "What has been overrun?" he would usually get his F/N. However, with the above discoveries, there is a new way of handling a chronic high TA which follows: 18 CHRONIC HIGH TA is defined as one which is found high two sessions running (consecutive). "High" means around 4.0 or above. But 3.8 can also be called "high" if it occurs at session beginning too often. To simplify -- if a pc at session start has a 4.0 TA two or more sessions in a row, you can call it a chronic high TA. The C/S CONCLUSION seeing this is that something has been overrun, usually in life but possibly in auditing. The same remedy applies to both. One does not try to fly a rud or handle something else. One applies this remedy DDDA 400A: 1. List "What has been overrun?" Get a BD Item. 2. Rehab if feasible with "How many times have you been released on that?" Get the number of times and you will get an F/N. 3. Using that item, as expressed by the pc, narrative item or not, run 3 way flows R3R. This will knock out the high TA tendency. This Remedy DDDA 400A replaces DDD 400. It does not matter how high a TA goes during session so long as it eventually F/Ns. Dianetic auditors jump chains, miss basic or they don't get down to basic. This gives a high TA or a low one. The remedy here is to rehab the point of erasure or to continue the chain to erasure. Sometimes a pc goes exterior in session. The TA flies up after session at the Examiner. In this case, rehab the exteriorization point. This is sometimes detectable usually when pc leaves a session with F/N and has 4.0 at Examiner! The principle of mass = high TA is the same except in this case the mass is the body. I trust this will help. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 19  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=20/2/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA   Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class VIII Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 FEBRUARY 1970 Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class VIII Checksheet FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA Now and then you will get a protest from preclears about "floating needles". The preclear feels there is more to be done yet the auditor says, "Your needle is floating." This is sometimes so bad that in Scientology Reviews one has to Prepcheck the subject of "Floating Needles". A lot of by-passed charge can be stirred up which ARC Breaks (upsets) the preclear. The reason this subject of floating needles gets into trouble is that the auditor has not understood a subject called END PHENOMENA. END PHENOMENA is defined as "those indicators in the pc and meter which show that a chain or process is ended". It shows in Dianetics that basic on that chain and flow has been erased, and in Scientology that the pc has been released on that process being run. A new flow or a new process can be embarked upon, of course, when the END PHENOMENA of the previous process is attained. DIANETICS Floating needles are only ONE FOURTH OF THE END PHENOMENA in all Dianetic auditing. Any Dianetic auditing below Power has FOUR DEFINITE REACTIONS IN THE PC WHICH SHOW THE PROCESS IS ENDED. 1. Floating needle. 2. Cognition. 3. Very good indicators (pc happy). 4. Erasure of the final picture audited. Auditors get panicky about overrun. If you go past the End Phenomena the F/N will pack up (cease) and the TA will rise. BUT that's if you go past all four parts of the end phenomena, not past a floating needle. If you watch a needle with care and say nothing but your R3R commands, as it begins to float you will find: 1. It starts to float narrowly. 2. The pc cognites (What do you know -- so that's...) and the float widens. 3. Very good indicators come in. And the float gets almost full dial, and 4. The picture, if you inquired, has erased and the needle goes full dial. That is the full End Phenomena of Dianetics. 20 If the auditor sees a float start, as in 1, and says, "I would like to indicate to you your needle is floating," he can upset the pc's bank. There is still charge. The pc has not been permitted to cognite. VGIs surely won't appear and a piece of the picture is left. By being impetuous and fearful of overrun, or just being in a hurry, the auditor's premature (too soon) indication to the pc suppresses three quarters of the pc's end phenomena. SCIENTOLOGY All this also applies to Scientology auditing. And all Scientology processes below Power have the same end phenomena. The 0 to IV Scientology End Phenomena are: A. Floating needle. B. Cognition. C. Very good indicators. D. Release. The pc goes through these four steps without fail IF PERMITTED TO DO SO. As Scientology auditing is more delicate than Dianetic auditing, an overrun (F/N vanished and TA rising, requiring "rehab") can occur more rapidly. Thus the auditor has to be more alert. But this is no excuse to chop off three of the steps of end phenomena. The same cycle of F/N will occur if the pc is given a chance. On A you get a beginning F/N, on B slightly wider, on C wider still and on D the needle really is floating and widely. "I would like to indicate to you your needle is floating" can be a chop. Also it's a false report if it isn't widely floating and will keep floating. Pcs who leave session F/N and arrive at Examiner without F/N, or who eventually do not come to session with an F/N have been misaudited. The least visible way is the F/N chop, as described in this session. The most obvious way is to overrun the process. (Running a pc after he has exteriorized will also give a high TA at Examiner.) In Dianetics, one more pass through is often required to get 1, 2, 3, 4 End Phenomena above. I know it said in the Auditor's Code not to by-pass an F/N. Perhaps it should be changed to read "A real wide F/N". Here it's a question of how wide is an F/N? However, the problem is NOT difficult. I follow this rule -- I never jolt or interrupt a pc who is still looking inward. In other words, I don't ever yank his attention over to the auditor. After all, it's his case we are handling, not my actions as an auditor. When I see an F/N begin I listen for the pc's cognition. If it isn't there, I give the next command due. If it still isn't there, I give the 2nd command, etc. Then I get the cognition and shut up. The needle floats more widely, VGIs come in, the F/N goes dial wide. The real skill is involved in knowing when to say nothing more. Then with the pc all bright, all end phenomena in sight (F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure or Release, depending on whether it's Dn or Scn), I say, as though agreeing with the pc, "Your needle is floating." 21 DIANETIC ODDITY Did you know that you could go through a picture half a dozen times, the F/N getting wider and wider without the pc cogniting? This is rare but it can happen once in a hundred. The picture hasn't been erased yet. Bits of it seem to keep popping in. Then it erases fully and wow, 2, 3 and 4 occur. This isn't grinding. It's waiting for the F/N to broaden to cognition. The pc who complains about F/Ns is really stating the wrong problem. The actual problem was the auditor distracting the pc from cognition by calling attention to himself and the meter a moment too soon. The pc who is still looking inward gets upset when his attention is jerked outward. Charge is then left in the area. A pc who has been denied his full end phenomena too often will begin to refuse auditing. Despite all this, one still must not overrun and get the TA up. But in Dianetics an erasure leaves nothing to get the TA up with! The Scientology auditor has a harder problem with this, as he can overrun more easily. There is a chance of pulling the bank back in. So the problem is more applicable to Scientology as a problem than to Dianetics. But ALL auditors must realize that the END PHENOMENA of successful auditing is not just an F/N but has 3 more requisites. And an auditor can chop these off. The mark of the real VIRTUOSO (master) in auditing is his skilled handling of the floating needle. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is referred to in HCO B 21 March 1974, End Phenomena, Volume VIII, page 272.] 22  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=26/2/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STANDARD TECH AND INVALIDATION   Remimeo Class VIIIs Class VIII Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 FEBRUARY 1970 Remimeo Class VIIIs Class VIII Checksheet STANDARD TECH AND INVALIDATION Invalidation is a serious button. When a Class VIII goes home, he is, of course, a better auditor. He can and will crash all stats in the area if he charges around invalidating all auditors not so fortunate as to be an VIII. STANDARD TECH Clarifying what Standard Tech is: An Auditor correctly auditing the materials of his class is performing Standard Tech. Standard Tech is not a process or a series of processes. It is following the rules of processing. For example, one runs a process to its end phenomena. One lists by L & N laws. One sees that a question reads before auditing it. One audits with TRs in. One follows the Auditor's Code. One repairs any ARC Break or gets it repaired. One doesn't kid around and coffee shop with processes. One gets trained for the grade he is auditing. One uses study tech. One checks out HCO Bs correctly. That sort of thing is Standard Tech. Any process ever taught on the SHSBC or ever released in ANY book can be audited and be Standard Tech. Standard Tech cancelled no certs or classes or processes. If you check a process question to see if it reads and run it to its F/N and other end phenomena following the rules of auditing, that's Standard Tech. Basically, Standard Tech was a way of auditing -- following the rules of auditing as listed above. There are ways to C/S for maximum case gain but these vary and advance. Remember, stats of an area can be crashed if an VIII begins to invalidate every auditor junior to him or the C/Sing. The stats of an area can be made to soar by an VIII who helpfully guides others into respecting the basic rules of auditing. When an VIII returns to an area these things should happen: 1. Enthusiasm of auditors for auditing pcs should increase. 2. Volume of auditing hours delivered should soar. 23 3. New people should be clamoring to become auditors. 4. Training speed per student should quicken. 5. Respect for correct auditing as noted above should increase. 6. People not getting results should be guided into correct application for their grade. 7. Auditing results should increase per session. 8. Auditing and training should boom in popularity. Now review what you know of auditing as an HDG and VIII and you will find you have been taught how to do all the above. In studying VIII keep your eye on how to get the above eight things going in your area with what you now know. You won't be able to make VIIIs out of HDCs or Class IVs or VIs but you sure can make terrific HDCs, IVs and VIs out of them. That's why you're an VIII. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:jz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 24  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=10/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  LIST OF PERCEPTICS DIANETICS BULLETIN    HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MARCH 1970 LIST OF PERCEPTICS DIANETICS BULLETIN This was researched and dates of 1951. It's the 55 Human Perceptions. 1. Time. 2. Sight. 3. Taste. 4. Color. 5. Solidity (Barriers). 6. Relative sizes (External). 7. Sound. 8. Pitch. 9. Tone. 10. Volume. 11. Rhythm. 12. Smell (4 subdivisions). 13. Touch (4 subdivisions). 14. Personal Emotion. 15. Endocrine States. 16. Awareness of Awareness. 17. Personal Size. 18. Organic Sensation (Including Hunger). 19. Heartbeat. 20. Blood Circulation. 21. Cellular & Bacterial Position. 22. Gravitic (Self and other Weights). 23. Motion of Self. 24. Motion (Exterior). 25. Body Position. 26. Joint Position. 27. Internal Temperature. 28. External Temperature. 29. Balance. 30. Muscular Tension. 31. Saline Content of Self (Body). 32. Fields/ Magnetic. 33. Time Track Motion. 34. Physical Energy (Personal weariness, etc). 35. Self-Determinism (Relative on each Dynamic). 36. Moisture (Self). 37. Sound Direction. 38. Emotional State of other Organs. 39. Personal Position on the Tone Scale. 40. Affinity (Self and Others). 41. Communication (Self and Others). 42. Reality (Self and Others). 43. Emotional State of Groups. 44. Compass Direction. 45. Level of Consciousness. 46. Pain. 47. Perception of Conclusions (Past and Present). 48. Perception of Computation (Past and Present). 49. Perception of Imagination (Past and Present). 50. Perception of Having Perceived (Past and Present). 51. Awareness of Not-Knowing. 52. Awareness of Importance, Unimportance. 53. Awareness of Others. 54. Awareness of Location and Placement. (a) Masses. (b) Spaces. (c) Location Itself. 55. Perception of Appetite (Problem covered under 18). LRH:nt.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD Founder [See Aug. 51 issue, The "26" Perceptics Volume 1, page 145.] 25  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=20/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ALLY, DEFINITION OF   Dianetic Course Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MARCH 1970 Dianetic Course Auditors ALLY, DEFINITION OF To clear up any confusion on the word "Ally" it is defined here. By "Ally", in Scientology, we mean "a person from whom sympathy came when the preclear was ill or injured. If the Ally came to the preclear's defense or his words and/or actions were aligned with the individual's survival, the reactive mind gives that Ally the status of always being right -- especially if this Ally was obtained during a highly painful engram." L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dr.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 26  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=22/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA   Remimeo HGC Auditors Scn Checksheets AOs Class VIII Checksheets  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 MARCH 1970 (REVISED -- see HCO B 4 Jan 71 Volume VII -- 168) Remimeo HGC Auditors Scn Checksheets AOs Class VIII Checksheets EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA For a long while we have known that if you audit a person after he or she has exteriorized, you often get a high Tone Arm, somatics and an upset case. The answer has been to cease to audit a person after exteriorization has occurred. This is so much a fact that five out of five "in trouble" cases I recently examined had every one of them been audited for some time after they exteriorized. The TA had or had not gone high but the cases were bogged. They revived at once when the fact of exteriorization was located. F/N, VGIs and when rehabbed (by counting number of times) somatics ceased. The rule has been -- don't audit after a pc has exteriorized. This is one of those very fundamental things that seems to defy research and yet if not solved will keep things messed up. Persons who exteriorize on lower grades need their upper grades and yet if audited further may mess up. This places a limit on auditing and yet the person may still have aberrations and somatics. But the fact of having exteriorized bars the road. So I got to work and made a breakthrough on it. Hurrah! It has now been fully vindicated by long tests and is now released for general use. EXTERIORIZATION Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or without full perception. It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual is not a body but an individual. This discovery in 1952 proved beyond any question the existence of a thetan, that the individual was a thetan, not a body, and disproved that man was an animal, and that he was a spiritual being timeless and deathless. Techniques have existed since 1952 that exteriorize a person. These are not now used because the person (a) still being aberrated and not Clear, soon returns to his body and (b) when audited thereafter has trouble. This is a major problem a thetan sometimes has at death. How to exteriorize? He makes it eventually of course but he should be able to do so at once. But, in my research, I found it unreasonable that a person would be hard to audit just because he had exteriorized and had reinteriorized. For he has obviously done just that at every death and birth and must have done so hundreds of billions of times. So why should a recent exteriorization then make him hard to audit? Yet it did. My asking of that question was the first breakthrough. The rest soon followed. ENGRAM BEHAVIOR We know in Dianetics that if you continue to run the last part of an engram which has in fact an earlier beginning which isn't being run and is ignored the TA will go up. 27 The reason for this is that the first of a chain or the first part of an experience or a first experience (basic on a chain of incidents) has to be run for the chain or incident to erase. If you only ran the end of incidents you would get a high TA and no erasure. If you only ran incidents late on the chain you would get a high TA. Pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high (above 3.5 or up). If you don't erase incidents or chains of incidents when auditing (or key them out as in release) you get a perpetually high TA. High TA cases have been "overrun" on something. That however is a very oversimplified explanation. The truth is that they have been run on something that didn't erase. The something has an earlier beginning than was detected or an earlier incident. In life one, having engrams about it, adds new incidents in living until something is "overrun" or done too often. The TA is therefore high. A TA records MASS. Mental mass has a higher electrical resistance and so measures more "ohms" of resistance, an electrical term for the trouble electricity has in passing through something. The more resistance the more units of resistance are recorded on the meter. The TA actually measures resistance. Thus, the end of an incident can be restimulated. If the beginning of it is never touched then one will just accumulate more and more mass. THE MISSED BEGINNING What has happened here, as regards exteriorization is that we have concentrated on EXTERIORIZATION. If one is IN something, he must have gotten into it. Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the INTERIORIZATION. The being went into something before he went out of it. Exteriorization occurs at death. That's an engram. Interiorization occurs at birth, that's an engram. So when somebody goes Exterior he is actually liable to key in having gone interior in the first place. Get it? So when you exteriorize somebody or he exteriorizes during auditing he gets keyed in a bit and without having audited earlier INTERIORIZATIONS, he has been put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident which began with Interiorization. Not only are you touching on something (exteriorization) late on a chain (which has hundreds of billions of like incidents ahead of it), you are also touching something which is late in the incident (which began with interiorization). On both counts then, the TA may go high. THE REMEDY The remedy is to audit out Interiorizations. If this is done, then the pc can be audited all you want after Exteriorization. 28 Auditing the Interiorizations by recall, secondaries, engrams, triple flow on each, restores the possibility of auditing a pc after an exteriorization has occurred in auditing. THE PROCESS The Case Supervision directions for Interiorization are to be done by a Scientology Auditor. They can be done purely in Dianetics by using only steps 5, 7 and 8. It is more effective when done by an Scn Auditor who is also HDC. 1. Omit ruds but assess a form L1A if pc upset. 2. Clear EXTERIORIZATION with pc. 3. Check for having been audited after exteriorization. (TA should come down and F/N, Cog and VGIs.) 4. Rehab (rehabilitate) condition by getting or counting number of times exteriorized. You should get F/N, Cog and VGIs. 5. Clear INTERIORIZATION carefully so pc knows what you mean. (Can flub if this step omitted.) 6. Run 3-way Recall on Interiorization: RF 1 -- Recall a time you interiorized. (To F/N.) RF 2 -- Recall a time you interiorized another. (To F/N.) RF 3 -- Recall a time others (or another) interiorized others. (To F/N.) 7. Run 3-way Secondaries: SF 1 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you interiorized. (R3R to basic.) SF 2 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you interiorized another. (R3R to basic.) SF 3 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when others interiorized others. (R3R to basic.) 8. Run 3-way Engrams: EF 1 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when you interiorized. (R3R to basic.) EF 2 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when you interiorized another. (R3R to basic.) EF 3 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when others interiorized others. (R3R to basic.) Note: All steps and flows as above given to end with F/N, Cog and VGIs. Don't chop the F/N by indicating until pc has had his cognition and VGIs. (It will be seen that Recall and R3R steps and procedure are standard except they address the subject "Interiorization".) FUTURE AUDITING One should now be able to audit the pc even after exteriorization. 29 FURTHER USE Pcs worried about not being able to exteriorize should be run on this process. WARNING This is a major case action and should only be run when the pc is rested and in good physical shape. SUMMARY If a pc goes exterior on Dianetics, Scientology lower grades or at OT levels, one at once audits out the chain of Interiorizations, using the above C/S. With this done the pc or pre-OT can go on being audited. The way is open to more powerful OTs. All fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.ei.rd Copyright$c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Referred to in HCO B 11 April 70, Auditing Past Exterior, page 36, HCO B 6 May 70, Blows, Auditing Past Exterior, page 42, HCO B 30 May 70, Interiorization Intensive, 2 Way Comm, page 52, and HCO B 20 August 70, Exteriorization Rundown Musts, page 125.]  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=27/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GRADE II RELEASE   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1970 (CANCELLED by BTB 10 Dec 74 VIII) Remimeo GRADE II RELEASE When Grade II Single Flow is C/Sed to be run on a pc, the command is "What have you done" run repetitively to F/N, Cog, VGIs, Release. On Triple Grades Flows 2 and 3 are run as per HCOB 24-1-69 "Triple Grades". L. RON HUBBARD LRH:nt.ei.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B was cancelled by HCO B 17 June 1970, Cancellation of HCO Bs that Conflict with Full Lower Grades which is cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of Bulletins -- 1970 which also confirms the above HCO B as cancelled.] 30  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=27/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GREEN FORM   Remimeo Class VIII Class VI Class IV  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1970 Issue II Remimeo Class VIII Class VI Class IV GREEN FORM HCO B 5 November 1969, Issue III, "GF to F/N", applies fully, but if one got an F/N and the pc was not fully satisfied that all had been handled, the auditor's next step is to do an L-1A using "In this session has _______ " to F/N, VGIs. Each line that is handled on the L-1A can be handled "itsa, earlier similar itsa" until the line is clean on the meter. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:nt.jh Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=29/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  AUDITING AND ETHICS   Remimeo HCO Sec Hat E/O Hat Tech Sec Qual Sec C/Ss C/S Checksheets  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MARCH 1970 Remimeo HCO Sec Hat E/O Hat Tech Sec Qual Sec C/Ss AUDITING AND ETHICS C/S Checksheets Cases undergoing Ethics actions, Comm Evs, amends projects or low conditions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and complete. It only louses up their cases to audit them when under such stress. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dr.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 31  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=31/3/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DIANETIC TR NOTES  Type = 11 iDate=15/1/70 Issue=3 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  URGENT Remimeo Dn Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1970 (CANCELLED by BTB 20 May 70) Remimeo Dn Checksheet URGENT DIANETIC TR NOTES (Cancels HCO B 15 January 1970, Issue III, "TR 104", written by another) To avoid coach restim in doing TR 104 and TR 103 please note the following: 1. In TR 103 the "session" is between STUDENT and DOLL. TRs are done on the DOLL not the coach. 2. In TR 103 the coach is not obliged to answer all of the commands -- he may or may not. If he doesn't, the student assumes the DOLL has answered and proceeds accordingly. 3. In TR 103 and TR 104 NEVER give dates and durations, as a coach, in actual units of TIME -- use something else. "4 Figs", "2 potatoes", "horsefeathers" are all perfectly good "dates" for coaching purposes or in bull-baiting. 4. Likewise never use real somatics in coaching or bull-baiting TR 103 and TR 104 -- use nonsense terms or harmless ones. 5. In TR 103 the coach occupies the position of a bull-baiter who interjects distractions, bull-baiting and disruptive remarks into the "session" between student and doll. He can throw in answers on behalf of the doll which the student must abide by; but the coach does not play the part of "pc". Don't go playing the role of "pc" on a real set of process commands! Also, please note that the POSITION of the coach in TR 104 and TR 103 is beside the student, not across from him. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:kjm.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 32  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=1/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ETHICS PROGRAM NO. 1 CASE ACTIONS   Remimeo Tech Secs Qual Secs All C/Ses All Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 APRIL 1970 Remimeo Tech Secs Qual Secs All C/Ses All Auditors ETHICS PROGRAM NO. 1 CASE ACTIONS I have developed the following C/Ses to make every staff member an Ethics Upstat. One or more of the following C/Ses for each category (as applicable) can be given so that each staff member achieves Ethics Upstat status. Each session commences with "Fly a rud." 1. LACK OF CASE GAIN: 1. (a) Medical Exam and any treatment. (b) Review to straighten up all out ruds. When pc has markedly recovered: (c) Fly a rud, GF40 and handle every item that reads fully. Run LX lists 3, 2 and 1 and each item that reads twice run three way recall, 3 way secondary or engram to end phenomena. (d) CCHs. 2. Dianetic Triples -- at least 25 items run triple. 3. Scientology Triples. 2. POOR STUDY RECORD: 1. Any needful Review. 2. Student Rescue Intensive. 3. TA TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW (above 4.0 or below 2.0): Too high: 1. Do procedure in HCOB 13 Feb 70, "High TA, Full Handling of" as follows: (a) List "What has been overrun?" Get a BD item. (b) Rehab if feasible with "How many times have you been released on that?" Get the number of times and you will get an F/N. (c) Using that item, as expressed by the pc, narrative or not, run 3-way flows by R3R. Note: If the above doesn't work well, TA still high, do this: 1. Check if Exterior in Auditing. 2. Rehab. 3. Run Interiorization HCOB 22 March 1970. Too low: 1. Look for any bad sessions and use List 1A on that session (as per HCOB 2 March 1970, "List L-1A"). 2. Clean up any ARC Break of long duration. 3. Prepcheck "Invalidation". 4. Do GF 40 and handle. 5. Class VIII to do LX Lists as needed. Proceed with general case advance by grades. 4. POOR POST STATS: 1. Two-way comm on the purposes of the post, as follows: Take the stated purposes for ....... (applicable post). Clear each one with him/her by 2-way comm on a meter until (each 33 purpose) doubts, conflicts, problems and misunderstoods are handled. (Maybe one will F/N, maybe not.) 2. Run "Who have you failed to help?" "Who has failed to help you?" "Who has failed to help another?" "Who have you helped?" "Who has helped you?" "Who has helped another?" Run each of the six legs to F/N and end phenomena. 3. Run Reach and Withdraw on key object in pc working area. "Reach for the ....... " "Withdraw from the ....... " to VGIs and cognition or 3 commands with no change or equal comm lag. 4. Run overts on post or on the org or on any org or group. 5. Run Overts -- Justifications: "What overt have you committed?" "How have you justified that?" 6. Case handling as per HCOB 4 February 1970, "Pc Application for Major Actions". 7. General auditing as required up the grades. 5. CURRENT DRUG HISTORY OR CONNECTIONS: 1. Person off drugs for required amount of time. 2. GF 40 section on drug handling (Class VIII action). 3. Dianetic Prior Assessment of drugs and run all reading items on Dianetics three flows. 6. PSYCHIATRIC HISTORY: 1. Run out past psychiatric treatment. 2. Run "What somatics, sensations, feelings or emotions did you have prior to mental treatment?" Do a nice list. Run R3R three flows on all reading items. If no reading items, apply Suppress and Invalidate on the list as per HCOB 29 January 1970 "Null Lists in Dianetics". If still no reading items, do a new revised Health Form. 3. Person may be PTS and an S & D may be needed. 7. LOW APTITUDE, IQ AND LEADERSHIP TEST SCORES: 1. CCHs. 2. Op Pro by Dup. 3. Run "What purpose has failed?" This should be to a BD item. It will F/N and the pc cognite and GIs. Then run three way R3R on the item. All the above actions are run as per HCO Bulletin "Floating Needles and End Phenomena" 20 February 1970. 8. Where the same process occurs in 2 of the above remedies do not repeat it in the 2nd one run. It is noted here that the above actions utilize the skills of just about every level of Auditor training, so there should be many auditors in the org who can assist on the above auditing actions and so speed up the program. The goal -- every person on staff an Ethics Upstat. Good case gain! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ek.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 34  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=8/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GF-40 HANDLING -- CLARIFICATION  Type = 11 iDate=19/11/69 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Class VIII  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 APRIL 1970 (Cancels HCO B 19 November 1969, "GF 40 -- Out of Valence Case") Class VIII GF-40 HANDLING -- CLARIFICATION 1. All reading items on a GF-40 are handled. The rule of handling all items that read twice or more as in prepcheck and LX list assessments does not apply to GF-40. 2. If "Audited over out Ruds" reads, it is handled first regardless of how many times it read. 3. If "out of Valence" assesses out with the greatest number of reads it is handled last (after all other reading GF-40 items have been handled). 4. In all other cases the GF-40 items are handled in order of greatest number of reads. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=8/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  MORE ON PREPCHECKS   Remimeo Class VIII  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 APRIL 1970 Issue II Remimeo Class VIII MORE ON PREPCHECKS When a prepcheck uncovers an ARC Break and the ARC Break is handled to F/N, Cog, VGIs do not then continue with the prepcheck. You have obtained the end phenomena of the action. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 35  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=11/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR   Remimeo Class VIIIs C/Ses Tech Secs Qual Secs Letter Regs Registrars  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1970 Remimeo Class VIIIs C/Ses Tech Secs Qual Secs AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR Letter Regs Registrars (Reference HCO B 22 Mar. 1970, "Exteriorization and High TA") On Flag where we do a lot of auditing on pcs when I took over C/Sing after 8 months off C/S lines, I found a very high percentage of cases had been audited past Exterior. It was a very high percentage. Many of these pcs (most of them VAs or on OT levels) had various symptoms: Headaches Body aches and pains Effort Pressures from environment. The common denominator was "audited over Exterior". The main symptom of this was high TA at session start or TA up at Examiner after F/Ns, Cog, VGIs at session end. Not all however suffered from high TA but all who had high TA after lots of auditing had been audited past Exterior. The above reference HCO B re Exteriorization and Interiorization was tested and written as the breakthrough which permits auditing after Exteriorization and going on up the grades. The check even after this showed such a high percent of cases had been audited past Exterior on Dianetics, Scn, Power, Clearing or OT grades that I wish to bring the point home emphatically to C/Ses that it is of major importance to handle this situation by checking for it and running Interiorization. The C/S is: Has High TA, headaches, body aches, heavy pressures or discomfort (any one of these). Therefore 1. Check for Exteriorization during auditing. If so do the remaining steps: 2. Rehab Ext by counting number of times. 3. Clear Interiorization fully. 4. Run Interiorization 3 way recall 3 way secondaries 3 way engrams. These steps all go to F/N, Cog and VGIs of course. If after session during the next few days, pc shows again a tendency to high TA, give this C/S: 1. Two-way comm on Interiorization and on Exteriorization. 36 This pushes the cognition further. The pc may not have added it all up yet. Don't evaluate. Just question and listen with no Q and A. Pcs or Pre-OTs can go on up to higher grades after Exteriorization if Interiorization is run. This is even true of "Dianetic Clears" (which does not cancel the need of doing the Clearing Course but is a special grade). We are far more successful in early auditing (such as Dianetics and lower grades) than we think! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 37  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=12/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  LIST L-1B  Type = 11 iDate=2/3/70 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Class VIIIs Class VI Class IVs Class IIIs Level III Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1970 (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 19 Mar 71 Volume VII -- 203) (Cancels HCO B 2 March 1970, Issue II, "List L-1A" which was compiled by another and changed the original order of items.) Class VIIIs Class VI Class IVs Class IIIs Level III Checksheet LIST L-1B When a pc gets upset in session or when an ARC Break has occurred, and the session tends to bog down, use this list; assess the line for a read, using the prefix "In this session, has _______ ". Where the line reads, indicate to the pc, let him examine it and itsa. Call the line again for another read, repeat your action as above until the line is clean. Where the line is clean, indicate to the pc that the line is clean, and continue down the list. This list is handled until the by-passed charge has been located, indicated, blown, with an F/N and VGIs, Where an upset has occurred in earlier sessions, and these wag a failure to use L-1B, the C/S should instruct to have the pc assessed on L-1B, using the prefix "In an earlier session, has _______ " as per this rundown. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [List L-1B was modified on 8 August 70, page 118, and cancelled by HCO B 19 March 71, List L-1C, page 203.] 38 LIST L-1B 1. A withhold been missed? 2. Some emotion been rejected? 3. Some affinity been rejected? 4. A reality been refused? 5. A communication been cut short? 6. A communication been ignored? 7. An earlier rejection of emotion been restimulated? 8. An earlier rejection of affinity been restimulated? 9. An earlier refusal of reality been restimulated? 10. An earlier ignored communication been restimulated? 11. A wrong reason for an upset been given? 12. A similar incident occurred before? 13. Something been done other than what was said? 14. A goal been disappointed? 15. Some help been rejected? 16. A decision been made? 17. An engram been restimulated? 18. An earlier incident been restimulated? 19. There been a sudden shift of attention? 20. Something startled you? 21. A perception been prevented? 22. A willingness not been acknowledged? 23. There been no auditing? 24. Went Exterior? 25. Interrupted actions? 26. Actions continued too long? 27. Data invalidated? 28. Someone evaluated? L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:kjm.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 39  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=21/4/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  2 WAY COMM C/Ses   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1970 Remimeo 2 WAY COMM C/Ses There are four main reasons why a Case Supervisor or an auditor gives a "2 way comm" C/S. 1. WHEN NOT ENOUGH DATA TO C/S. "2 way comm to obtain data about case progress and status." 2. WHEN PC INFERS SOMETHING IN CASE THAT'S NOT BEEN HANDLED. "2 way comm to find what pc thinks should be handled on case." 3. WHEN PC HASN'T COGGED ON END RESULT. "2 way comm on (process just run) to see what thoughts pc had regarding it." 4. WHEN PC'S POST PURPOSE IS BEING CLEANED UP. "2 way comm on how his post purpose fits into org -- or if he can do it." In all these instances the C/S may be as specific as he likes about what he wants asked or cleared up. In other words the quoted C/Ses above are only examples. Each of the above four general types can have a great number of different questions. The C/S must be very familiar with the four types given in capitals above. On his part the auditor can vary the C/S's question around to get different slants on it. The auditor doesn't have to get an F/N on the 2 way comm session but often does. The auditor can introduce a curve, an alter-is, by Q and A with the pc and by evaluation. The Drill on 2 way comm is the old ask and listen. A Q and A is of course echoing the pc's statement. Example: Pc: "I never liked my father." Auditor: "What about your father?" Pc: "He was cruel." Auditor: "What about cruel people?" Pc: "I don't like them." Auditor: "What else don't you like?" And so on and on. A correct session is for the auditor to hold to the C/S's main line of questioning no matter how he phrases it and listen to and write down what the pc says. Evaluation in auditing 2 way comm is the other deadly sin. The auditor asks and listens. He doesn't explain anything to the pc. Example: Pc: "I didn't dig the process." Auditor: "Well you see that process was intended to ....... " and here we go on Evaluation. Even an auditor's facial expression can be evaluation. Ask and listen and ack. Prompt only by varying the original question now and then, that's what the good 2 way comm auditor does. W/S The 2 way comm worksheet is rather more detailed as to what the pc says than process worksheets. The C/S needs the data. 40 Or in looking it over the auditor himself, if he's his own C/S, will need the data. The questions the auditor asks should be noted on the worksheet as a guide. MAXIM It is a C/S maxim "when in doubt order a 2 way comm". 2 WAY COMM AUDITOR Any auditor can 2 way comm. Saint Hillers were best at it. Academy Level Auditors can be used in this, even Dianetic Auditors. The only reservation is not to assign an auditor whose grade is lower than the pc's. The auditor's class is not as important as his grade. The reason for this is that the OT pre-OT, in being 2 way commed by a Grade V, can blow the poor auditor apart or can be stuck with a data withhold. METER All 2 way comm is of course done on a meter. It is, however, not a Sec- check or Prepcheck. TA position and needle reaction and F/Ns are important to the C/S. One doesn't 2 way comm past an F/N, cog and VGIs. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The fourth paragraph on this page is modified by BTB 10 July 1970, Reissued 28 June 1974, 2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action, which classifies 2-Way Comm as a Class III action.] 41  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=6/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  BLOWS AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1970 Remimeo (Reference HCO B 22 March 1970, "Exteriorization and High TA") BLOWS AUDITING PAST EXTERIOR I have found a major cause of blows from classes, orgs and Scientology. Overts are of course a primary cause but many have overts and don't blow, so why do such people blow? A case audited past Exterior, particularly if it is not acked, tends to get stuck on Exteriorizing. This can (but doesn't always by any means) cause the person to take himself away! Three recent "blows" all fell in this category. One who was trying to blow, when audited on Interiorization, changed his mind. An amazing number of pcs go exterior on modern auditing. Modern processes, Dianetics and Scientology are very fast. Some haven't even realized it, didn't know what it was. When they go exterior and you keep on auditing them without running Interiorization as per HCO B 22 March 1970, Exteriorization and High TA, they become stronger as thetans while being reinteriorized and they get odd somatics, particularly in the head. Uncomfortable they want OUT. Trying and falling to get out (since Interiorization has not been run) in desperation they leave an org or class, body and all, without being Exterior as a thetan. If you rehab Exterior and run an Interiorization Intensive the dramatization ceases. The excuses such "blows" give you would fill a large book. Yet it is only that they are seeking to exteriorize, can't, so they "exteriorize" by leaving, body and all. The Interiorization Intensive as given in the earlier HCO B handles. A person couldn't be audited past Exterior, you know. But if given an Interiorization Intensive he or she can be. When they have been audited past exterior without an Interiorization Intensive you will have trouble with the case, the TA and with blows. So use the Interiorization Tech. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 42  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=6/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DIANETIC TRIPLES   Remimeo Dianetics Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1970 Remimeo Dianetics (HCO B 5 October 1969 Issue II -- Checksheet with addition of "Earlier" Commands) DIANETIC TRIPLES The additional 2 flows are: Flow No. 2 Locate an incident of your causing another (item). Flow No. 3 Locate an incident of others causing others (item). Item can be preceded by "a" or "an". When singles have been run already, take the earliest single item always. Proceed in order of sequence run doing Flows No. 2 and No. 3 on each. Don't skip any. Don't start later in list. Interest, etc has nothing to do with it. Just do it. The remaining R-3-R Commands are used without variation. Triple Dianetics Earlier Commands When running Flows 2 and 3 on Standard Dianetics, the following are the "earlier" commands: F-2 "Is there an earlier incident of your causing another ....... (item)?" F-3 "Is there an earlier incident of others causing others ....... (item)?" L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.ei.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 43  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=24/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 1 AUDITOR'S RIGHTS AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR C/Ses   Remimeo All Auditors C/Ses SHSBC Academy Level IV Class VIIIs HGCs Class VIII Checksheet Class VI Checksheet Class III Checksheet C/S Course Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1970 (REVISED -- see HCO B 23 Aug 71 Volume VII -- 355) Remimeo All Auditors C/Ses SHSBC Academy Level IV C/S Series 1 Class VIIIs HGCs Class VIII Checksheet AUDITOR'S RIGHTS Class VI Checksheet Class III Checksheet C/S Course Checksheet AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR C/Ses An auditor who receives a Case Supervisor direction (C/S) of what to audit on a pc is NOT discharged of his responsibility as an auditor. THE AUDITOR HAS A SERIES OF RESPONSIBILITIES THAT ARE PART OF EVERY C/S HE GETS TO AUDIT. ACCEPTING THE PC No auditor is required to accept a specific pc just because the pc is assigned to him. If an auditor does not believe he can help that particular pc or if he dislikes auditing that particular pc the auditor has a right to refuse to audit that pc. The auditor must state why. The Case Supervisor, Director of Processing or Director of Review, nor any of their seniors, may not discipline the auditor for refusing to audit a particular pc. An auditor who refuses to audit his quota of hours or sessions is of course subject to action. Thus refusing to audit a particular pc, so long as one is not refusing to audit other pcs, is not actionable. "I do not wish to audit this pc because ....... I am willing to audit other pcs", is the legal auditor statement in the matter. Some pcs get a bad name with some auditors, some don't appreciate the auditing, some conflict with a particular auditor's own personality. There are such instances. It does not mean certain pcs cannot be helped by others. It is also true that an auditor who dislikes a pc may not do a good job so the rule also has a practical side to it. One auditor disliked young men and did a bad job on them. Another disliked old ladies and chopped them up in session. One pc had messed up several Scientologists and couldn't find anyone to audit him at all. We are not auditing people to make amends to the world. Thus an auditor has a right to reject or accept the pcs he is given. ACCEPTING A C/S When the auditor gets a C/S to do on a case and if he thinks it is not the correct thing to do he has the right to reject the C/S for that pc and require another one he can agree to. The auditor does not have the right to start doing a C/S and change it during the session except as noted below. ENDING THE SESSION When the C/S he has is proving unworkable during the session, the auditor has a right to end the session and send the folder to the C/S. Ending the session is totally up to the auditor. 44 If the auditor just doesn't complete an action that was producing TA and could be completed it is of course a flunk. Such a case is just not running a basic engram the one more time through that would bring the TA down and give a proper end phenomena. This and similar actions would be an auditor error. The judgement here is whether or not the auditor's action is justified in ending the session. Even though he may have made an error, the auditor cannot be blamed for the ending off of the session as that is totally up to him. He can be given a flunk for the error. INABILITY TO FLY RUDS If an auditor cannot get a rud to F/N, cannot get any rud to F/N, he is justified in starting a Green Form. The auditor solution to no F/N on ruds is to do a GF whether the C/S said to or not. This is an expected action. It is understood the auditor would use Suppress and False in trying to fly ruds. UNREADING ITEMS When an item the auditor has been told to run doesn't read on the meter, even when the auditor puts in Suppress and Invalidate on it, the auditor MUST NOT do anything with the item no matter what the C/S said. It is expected he will see if it reads and use Suppress and Invalidate on it. And if it still doesn't read he will be expected NOT to run it. LISTS When an auditor whose C/S told him to list "Who or what ....... " or any list question finds that the list question does not read, the auditor MUST NOT list it. When doing a list ordered by the C/S it is assumed that the auditor will test it for read before listing and that he will NOT list an unreading question. (A read is an actual fall, not a tick or a stop.) LIST TROUBLE When an auditor has trouble doing a list and getting an item it is expected he will use a Prepared List like L4B to locate the trouble and handle it. As it is very hard on a pc to mess up a list it is expected the auditor will handle the situation then and there with no further C/S directions. HIGH TA When the auditor sees the TA is high at session start yet the C/S says to "Fly a rud" or run a chain, the AUDITOR MUST NOT TRY TO FLY A RUD and he must not start on a chain. Trying to bring a TA down with ARC Brks or ruds is very hard on a pc as ARC Breaks aren't the reason TAs go up. Seeing a high TA at start the Dianetic auditor or Scn auditor up to Class II does not start the session but sends the folder back to the C/S and for a higher class auditor to do. Seeing a high TA at start the Scientology auditor (Class III or above) (a) checks for exteriorization in a recent session and if so the session is ended and the C/S is asked for an "Interiorization Rundown"; (b) if the pc has had an Interiorization Rundown the auditor lists to BD F/N Item "What has been overrun?" These actions are expected of the auditor even when not stated in the C/S. RUDS GOING OUT When the ruds go out during the session the auditor recognizes the following. Pc Critical = W/H from auditor 45 PC Antagonistic = BPC in session No TA = Problem Tired = Failed Purpose or no sleep Sad = ARC Break Soaring TA = Overrun or Protest Dope Off = By passed F/N or not enough sleep No Interest = Out Ruds or no interest in the first place. An auditor who isn't sure what it is but runs into trouble with the pc (except on lists which he handles at once always) is smart to end off the session quickly, write down the full observation and get it to the C/S. The auditor who is an old hand and knows what he is looking at as per above scale (and the C/S the C/S would give) handles it promptly. PC critical = W/H = pull the W/H. PC antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (such as L1 B) and handle. No TA (or case gain) = Problem = locate the problem. Tired = no sleep or Failed Purpose = check which it is and handle. Sad = ARC Brk = locate and handle, Itsa earlier Itsa. Soaring TA = O/R or Protest = find which and handle. Such an O/R is usually by rehab. Dope off = lack of sleep or BP F/N = check on sleep, or Rehab F/N. No interest = no interest in first place or out ruds = check for interest or put in ruds. List goes wrong = BPC = handle or do L4A or any L4 at once. Ruds won't fly = some other error = assess GF and handle. The auditor has no business trying to do the C/S given when it collides with and isn't designed to handle any of the above. If the previous session disclosed such an error and this session C/S was designed to handle and doesn't, the auditor should end off and the next C/S should be "2 way comm for data". CASE NOT HANDLED When the auditor or the Examiner collides with a pc who is asserting his case has not been handled, there should not be a new set of actions based on little data but the auditor should end off and the C/S should order a "2 way comm on what hasn't been handled". The auditor should not at once take this up as part of any other C/S. In other words an auditor doesn't change the C/S to a 2 way comm on something not called for by C/S. MAJOR ACTIONS An auditor should never begin a major action on a case that is not "set up" for it. As this can occur during a session it is vital to understand the rule and follow it. Otherwise a case can be bogged right down and will be hard to salvage as now a new action to repair has been added to an unrepaired action. Now, if the auditor starts a major action on a case not "set up" we get 2 things to repair where we only had 1 as the major action won't work either. Repair = patching up past auditing or recent life errors. This is done by prepared lists or completing the chain or correcting lists or even 2 way comm or prepchecks on auditors, sessions, etc. Rudiments = setting the case up for the session action. This includes ARC Brks, PTPs, W/Hs, GF or O/R listing or any prepared list (such as L1 B, etc). 46 Set up = getting an F/N showing and VGIs before starting any major action. It means just that -- an F/N and VGIs before starting any major action. Such may require a repair action and rudiments as well. Major Action = any -- but any -- action designed to change a case or general considerations or handle continual illness or improve ability. This means a Process or even a series of processes like 3 flows. It doesn't mean a grade. It is any process the case hasn't had. Grade = a series of processes culminating in an exact ability attained, examined and attested to by the pc. Program = any series of actions designed by a C/S to bring about definite results in a pc. A program usually includes several sessions. The vast bulk of auditing errors come about because C/Ses and auditors seek to use a Major Action to repair a case. It is a responsibility of an auditor to reject a C/S which seeks to use one or more major actions to repair a case that isn't running well. The auditor must understand this completely. He can be made to accept a wrong C/S for the pc and even more importantly can in his own session make the error and mess up the case. Example: Pc has not been running well (no real TA or had a grumpy Exam report). Auditor sees C/S has ordered a major action, not a repair by prepared lists, ruds, etc. The auditor must reject the C/S as he will be made to fail in session by it. Example: Auditor gets a C/S, "(1) Fly a rud; (2) Assess LX3; (3) Run 3 way recall, 3 way secondaries, 3 way engrams on all // X items." The auditor can't get a rud to fly. Does the LX3. In other words he flunks by failing to SET UP the case. It could also go this way. Auditor can't get a rud to fly, does a GF, gets no F/N. He MUST NOT begin a major action but MUST end off right there. It is fatal to begin any new process on the case designed to change the case if the case is not F/N VGIs. The pc who starts processing for the first time and is surely not F/N VGIs must be set up by repair actions! Simple rudiments, Life ruds, O/R list on life, even assessing prepared lists on life, these are repair actions. The pc will sooner or later begin to fly. Now at session start you put in a rud, get F/N VGIs and CAN start major actions. So the auditor has a responsibility not to be led up a garden path by a C/S which orders a major action on a pc who isn't repaired or by not being able in session to get an F/N VGIs by repair. The only exceptions are a touch assist or life ruds or the Dianetic assist all on a temporarily sick pc. But that's repair isn't it? PROGRAM VIOLATIONS When an auditor receives a C/S and sees that it violates the pc's program he should reject it. The pc, let us say, is supposed to finish his Dianetic Triples but is suddenly being given a Group Engram Intensive. That violates the program and also the grade. If the pc is running badly, a repair should be ordered. If not, the program should be completed. Example: An effort is being made to get the pc to go backtrack. This is a program containing several major actions which probably consists of several sessions. Before this program is complete and before the pc has gone backtrack, the C/S orders "(1) Fly a rud, (2) 3 S & Ds". The auditor should recognize in 3 S & Ds a major action being run into the middle of a program and reject it. The correct action is of course the next backtrack process. GRADE VIOLATIONS A pc who is on a grade and hasn't attained it yet must not be given major actions not part of that grade. Example: Pc is on Grade I. C/S orders a list having to do with drinking. It is not a process on that Grade. It could be done after Grade I is attained and before Grade II is begun. The C/S is incorrect and should not be accepted. 47 ABILITY ATTAINED Now and then before the full major action is complete or before all the grade processes are run, the pc will attain the ability of the grade or the end phenomena of the action. This is particularly true of valence shifters or Interiorization Rundowns and can happen in grades. The auditor should recognize it and, with the F/N VGIs always present at such moments, end off. I know of one case who had a huge cog about Interiorization on Flow 1 Engrams and was pushed by both C/S and auditor to do Flows 2 and 3 who bogged so badly that it took a long while -- weeks -- to straighten the case out. The ability itself gets invalidated by pushing on. On the other hand this should never be taken as an excuse. "I think he cogged to himself so we ended off." It must be a real "What do you know!" sort of out-loud cog with a big F/N and VVGIs and directly on the subject to end off a major action or a program or a grade before its actions are all audited. REVIEWING REVIEWS An auditor who gets a C/S or an order to repair a case that is running well should reject doing the action. I have seen a case ordered to repair who had Ext Full Perception Doing Great. The repair bogged the case. The case then got running well again but a second C/S ordered a new repair which of course bogged it. Then major actions were done. The case was again repaired and rehabbed and became ok. Three times the auditor should have said NO. "WHAT HE DID WRONG" An auditor has a right to know what he did wrong in the session that went wrong. Most often a sour session occurs only when the rules and data in this HCO B have been violated. But an auditor's TRs can go out or his listing and nulling is in error. After a session that went wrong somebody else (not the auditor) should ask the pc what the auditor did. This sometimes spots a false auditing report. But it also sometimes is a false report by the pc. In any event, the auditor has a right to know. Then he can either correct his auditing or his know-how or he can advise the C/S the pc's report is untrue and better repair can be done on the pc. Savage action against an auditor is almost never called for. He was trying to help. Some people are hard to help. These are the rights of the auditor with relation to a C/S. They are all technical rights based on sound principles. An auditor should know them and use them. If an auditor stands on these rights and gets beaten down he should put all the facts before his nearest OTL or SO ship as something would be very wrong somewhere. Auditing is a happy business -- when it is done right. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [OTL means Operation-Transport Liaison which was a Sea Organization office that managed orgs or an area and was a forerunner of the Flag Operations Liaison Office (FOLO).] 48  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=27/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1970 Remimeo UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS (With particular reference to doing a Group Engram Intensive) Never list a listing question that doesn't read. Never prepcheck an item that doesn't read. These rules hold good for all lists, all items, even DIANETICS. A "tick" or a "stop" is not a read. Reads are small falls or falls or long falls or long fall blowdown (of TA). A preclear's case can be gotten into serious trouble by listing a list that doesn't read or prepchecking or running an item that doesn't read. On a list, this is the sort of thing that happens: The List is "Who or what would fly kites?" The C/S has said to "List this to a BD F/N Item". So the auditor does list it without checking the read at all. The list can go on 99 pages with the pc protesting, getting upset. This is called a "Dead horse list" because it gave no item. The reason it didn't was that the list question itself didn't read. One does an L4 on the pc to correct the situation and gets "Unnecessary action". On a list that is getting no item you don't extend. You correctly use L4 or any subsequent issue of it. If you extend a "dead horse list" you just make things worse. Use an L4 and it will set it right. This weird thing can also happen. C/S says to list "Who or what would kill buffaloes?" The auditor does, gets a BD F/N Item "A Hunter". The C/S also says to list as a second action "Who or what would feel tough?" The auditor fails to test the Question for read and lists it. Had he tested it, the list would not have read. But the list comes up with an item, "A mean hunter". It has stirred up charge from the first question and the item "A mean hunter" is a wrong item as it is a misworded variation of the first list's item! Now we have an unnecessary action and a wrong item. We do an L4 and the pc is still upset as maybe only one or the other of the two errors read. In a Dianetic "list" one is not doing a listing action. One is only trying to find a somatic or sensation, etc that will run. The item must read well. Or it won't produce a chain to run. In actual fact the Dn list Q does usually read but one doesn't bother to test it. But an item that doesn't read will produce no chain, no basic and the pc will jump around the track trying but just jamming up his bank. The moral of this story is: ALWAYS TEST A LISTING QUESTION BEFORE LETTING THE PC LIST. 49 ALWAYS MARK THE READ IT GAVE (sF, F, LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET. ALWAYS TEST AN ITEM FOR READ BEFORE PREPCHECKING OR RUNNING RECALL OR ENGRAMS. ALWAYS MARK THE READ AN ITEM GAVE (sF, F, LF, LFBD) ON THE WORKSHEET. CHARGE The whole subject of "charge" is based on this. "Charge" is the electrical impulse on the case that activates the meter. "Charge" shows not only that an area has something in it. It also shows that the pc has possible reality on it. A pc can have a broken leg, yet it might not read on a meter. It would be charged but below the pc's reality. So it won't read. THINGS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN. The Case Supervisor always counts on the AUDITOR to test Questions and Items for read before running them. The auditor, when a Question or Item doesn't read, can and should always put in "Suppress" and "Invalidate". "On this (Question) (Item), has anything been Suppressed?" "On this (Question) (Item), has anything been Invalidated?" If either one read, the question or item will also read. The Case Supervisor also counts on the AUDITOR to use Suppress and Invalidate on a Question or Item. If after this there is still no read on the Question or Item, that's it. Don't use it, don't list it. Go to the next action on the C/S or end off. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.ka.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 50  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=28/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CORRECTION LISTS, USE OF   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1970 Remimeo CORRECTION LISTS, USE OF The various lists designed to find by-passed charge and repair a faulty auditing action or life situation should be used heavily and thoroughly. There are many such lists -- Green Form, L1 B, L4, etc. They are available in HCO B form and are themselves corrected and re- issued from time to time. They can be found in HCO B 5 July AD13 and others. There are FOUR WAYS TO USE these prepared lists. 1. The auditor starts at the top and takes up each read until he gets one to F/N. In this case the auditor does not do "Itsa earlier Itsa". He just cleans each read. 2. The auditor starts from the top and on each read cleans it and does Itsa earlier Itsa to F/N or to a clean no-read and goes on. 3. The auditor assesses the list down until he gets a heavy read and cleans that, using Itsa earlier Itsa. Then he can go on to the next heavy read, cleans that. Etc to F/N. In this case he can get several F/Ns on the same list. 4. The whole list is rapidly assessed over and over until one item stays in and that is given to the pc. UPSET PC When a pc is very upset and misemotional the action in 4 above is the only one to use as it is the safest. On a very upset or antagonistic pc don't engage in any chatter, just grab a list and assess it, and indicate the By- Passed Charge. The results are usually magical. REPAIR Repairing a case fully, as done in Qual or in an HGC, where the person has led an out-rud life, Method 3 above is the one to use. Various and assorted lists can be employed. SETTING UP The best way to set up a case for auditing a major action is to Repair it. This can be necessary before the person is ever audited at all on any major action such as Dianetics or Grades. Such an action can go on and on and should. The action is to bleed the list of all possible use, using 3. This is a new discovery I have made. AUDITING REPAIR Auditing repair usually uses Methods 1 or (for pcs upset from lists) 4. ERROR IN USING LISTS The major error in using prepared lists is not to really get full use out of the list. In using lists don't be in a great hurry or do a superficial job. The list is for the pc, not a statistic. LRH:kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 51  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=30/5/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE 2 WAY COMM   Remimeo Class VIIIs C/Ses Tech -- Qual AUDITORS C/S Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MAY 1970 Remimeo Class VIIIs C/Ses Tech -- Qual AUDITORS C/S Checksheet INTERIORIZATION INTENSIVE 2 WAY COMM The Interiorization Rundown (HCO B of 22 March I970, "Exteriorization and High TA") is ALWAYS followed in the next session with "2 Way Comm on Interiorization-Exteriorization". If the Interiorization auditing has to be repaired, that is done first of course. BUT AN INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN IS NEVER COMPLETE UNTIL AN ADDITIONAL LATER SESSION IS GIVEN ON 2 WAY COMM ON INTERIOR-EXTERIOR. A C/S in repairing cases should always look to see if a pc 1. Has exteriorized at some time during auditing. 2. If so the only C/S that can now be done is the Interiorization Rundown. 3. If an Int Rundown has been given, then the C/S must check to see if a later session was given on "2 Way Comm Int-Ext". 4. If this 2 way comm was omitted, or not in a separate session, then "2 Way Comm on Int-Ext" must be ordered even if there have been several intervening sessions. COG It is usually the case that the pc did not fully cognite when he had the Int Rundown. His TA may stay high after an Int session. O/R is of little use to get it down. What's missing is the 2 way comm session. In it the pc usually cognites and things then go right. The current C/S and auditor error is trying to do everything briefly and all at once. Ordering an Int Rundown and 2 way comm on it in the same session would be part of such an erroneous trend. The 2 way comm must be another session preferably on another later day. It is a flagrant C/S error to omit "2 Way Comm Int-Ext" after an Interiorization Rundown session. The signal to order an Int Rundown is pc went Ext in auditing or has been found to have gone exterior. Auditing will not run well when the pc is audited past or after exteriorizing. An Int Rundown must now be ordered. 52 If unsuccessful it must be repaired. Successful or repaired, an Int Rundown must be followed by the 2 way comm session. Two way comm must be done with exact TRs. The auditor must not Q and A. He must not evaluate (tell the pc what it's all about). 2 way comm is a precision process. The pc is kept talking, not by giving him commands. He is kept on the subject of Int-Ext (or the 2 way comm subject), not encouraged to leap about by Q and A. You cannot consider an Interiorization Rundown complete unless followed by 2 way comm. If the case hasn't had it following his Int Rundown he must be ordered to it. LRH:dz.ka.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1970 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=2/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FLOATING NEEDLES   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JUNE 1970 Remimeo FLOATING NEEDLES The HCO B 29 Jan AD 20 which amends a series of earlier HCO Bs and introduces the idea that you ask "Did that Incident erase" (which is not asked now) IS CANCELLED. The correct End Phenomena of Dianetics is F/N + Cognition + VGIs. This HCO B also introduced enforcing an F/N by calling off the item. The actual fact is that you should not cut into the pc's end phenomena with premature questions or F/N indications. The pc is introverted and such actions by the auditor extrovert his attention and annoy the pc and spoil the correct End Phenomena which is F/N + Cog + VGIs. Actions by the auditor such as "Your needle is floating" "Did it Erase", etc chop the pc before full End Phenomena is attained. When End Phenomena is fully attained on a Dianetic chain the auditor need only go on to the next flow or end the session. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.ka.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [HCO B 29 Jan. AD20, Floating Needles, referred to above was not by LRH and is not in these books.] 53  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=5/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TRIPLE GRADES  Type = 11 iDate=3/2/69 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 JUNE 1970 (Cancels HCO B 3 Feb 69, Issue II) Remimeo TRIPLE GRADES The HCO B 3 Feb 69 which stated they were not taught on Dn Course and must be audited by a Class V Auditor is CANCELLED. SCIENTOLOGY TRIPLES Scientology Triple grade for a grade is used, with the havingness process as the last process of each level. Lower Scn processes for that grade are run first. Any of these that can be run on three flows are also run triple. A triple flow for a grade process may be audited by any auditor of the class of that grade. In other words a Class 0 auditor can run the major triple for Grade Zero as the last process run for Grade 0. He may also run other processes on three flows if they apply to Grade 0 or below. DIANETIC TRIPLES Any trained Dianetic Auditor should run triples. Single Dianetics is only for assists and new student auditors. Any other Dianetics run should be run in triple now. CONFLICT Any other technical or tape lecture advises or rumors of such other orders are cancelled by this HCO B. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.ka.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is changed by BTB 1 December 1970R, Revised and Reissued 27 July 1974, Dianetics -- Triple Flow Action which says, "Wherever Single Flow Dianetics is mentioned, the statement is revised according to the following rule: 'DIANETICS IS RUN BY TRIPLE FLOWS ONLY. DIANETIC SINGLES IS FORBIDDEN AND IF DONE WILL BE CONSIDERED GROSS OUT TECH AND A TECH AND QUAL HIGH CRIME.' LRH"] 54  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=8/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  LOW TA HANDLING   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JUNE 1970 Remimeo LOW TA HANDLING A person whose TA is low is in a state of overwhelm. Poor TRs or rough auditing easily drive the TA down. A TA can go low during a run like on engrams, and can come back up when actual erasure occurs. Usually a person whose TA goes below 2.0 when run on incidents too steep for him will get low TA. A low TA is of course any TA below 2.0. An occasional cause of this is as simple as the meter not being trimmed. Sweaty hands, improper electrodes, and sometimes a faulty meter also cause a "low TA" to appear. Heavy processes like LX 1-2-3 are sometimes an overwhelm. An invalidative look on an Examiner's face can drive a TA down a bit. Cold cans can send it UP high. Lack of rest or time of the day gives some cases a low or high TA. At 2:00 a.m. TAs often are very high, for instance. Persons with low TAs tend to be somewhat inactive in life and non- causative. When audited with poor TRs or on processes too steep some persons' TAs go low (below 2.0). An F/N is NEVER an F/N when above 3.0 or below 2.0. Life repairs and auditing repairs, light processes and no goof auditing are the proper actions for low TA cases. Auditors whose pcs' TAs go low should look to the flawlessness of their auditing, the ease of their TRs and refuse any heavy overwhelm type C/Ses for such pcs. Good Two-Way Comm on troubling subjects, use of prepared lists on life, mild close to objective processes, no forcing over protests, never running processes that don't read first, getting the pc out of being effect and toward being cause, extroverting the pc's attention with objective processes all work well on low TA cases. The actual technical reason for low TAs is found in higher levels and does not concern and would be of no use to lower level pcs. Take it easy. Don't goof as auditor or C/S are the keynotes of low TA cases. My opinion on this is that people worry too much about low TAs. On Flag where auditing is done like silk we haven't seen any low TAs for ages. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.rd.jh Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 55  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=12/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 2 PROGRAMMING OF CASES   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 2 (C/S Series 1 is "Auditor's Rights", HCO B 24 May 1970, not so marked.) PROGRAMMING OF CASES Every action taken on a Case by a CASE SUPERVISOR (or an auditor doing his own C/S actions) should be part of a definite outlined PROGRAM for that case. PROGRAM Definition -- A program is defined as the sequence of actions session by session to be undertaken on a case by the C/S in his directions to the auditor or auditors auditing the case. The master program for every case is given on the Classification and Gradation Chart issued from time to time. The earliest of these Charts was 1965 followed by 1st December 1966 followed by 1st January 1968 followed by 1st December 1969. The reissues of the Chart are done to improve the communication of the data on the Chart. The program factor has not much changed since its earliest issue. Tapes about this Chart were made for the SHSBC at its first issue and of course remain valid. The processes called for on the Chart are all part of the SHSBC or for upper levels part of the SH and AO Confidential materials. From time to time they are reissued but they remain standard and have been so since the first issue of the Chart. The Chart and its materials have now and again been neglected or disregarded and THE NEGLECT HAS RESULTED IN FIELD FLAPS AND DOWN STATS. Omitting this gradient of processes not only stalls cases but results in a case manifesting out-grade phenomena. A pc must attain the full ability noted on the Chart before going up to the next level of the Chart. Telling the pc he has made it is of course evaluation. The outnesses which have occurred surrounding this Chart are hard to believe. They consist of total abandonment of the Chart, degrading and losing all its lower grade processes, feeding a pc at Dianetic level data at Class VI and telling him, who has not made Dianetics yet, he is now Clear, cutting down all processes from the Chart bottom up to IV to be able to do them in 2 1/2 minutes, neglecting all levels up to OT V and then trying to put in a few lower grades and sending on to OT VI, having the pc after one trivial session attest all abilities at once and many other errors. This is crazy driving. If a bus were driven along a road this way it would soon be wrecked and back where it started but in an ash heap. Genius in C/Sing is normally required only when some former driver wrecked the thing instead of driving it right in the first place. To Case Supervise one has to accept the following facts: 1. Dianetics and Scientology work. 2. The subjects are serious subjects not experimental toys. 3. The basics and fundamentals are stated early in the period of development and have not changed. 56 4. The "newest and latest" is usually a recovery of basics and better statements of them. 5. The purpose of the subject has not altered and continues to be the attainment of ability and freedom for the individual. 6. That things which were true early in the subjects are still true. 7. That the mind responds on a gradient of improvement not suddenly like a bomb explosion. 8. That the Classification and Gradation Chart and all its processes and steps IS the basic program of any case. 9. That all other programs are efforts to get the pc or pre-OT back on the basic program. 10. That there is no hidden data line and that the materials and procedures are refined mainly to facilitate use and communication of them. 11. That auditing is for the pc, not the org or the auditor. 12. That major processes are done to improve the case. 13. That repair is undertaken to eradicate errors made in auditing or the environment which impede the use of major processes. 14. That a case has to be programmed by the C/S to get it advancing as it should have been in the first place on the Classification and Gradation Chart. 15. That a C/S is not being called upon to develop a new Chart for the case but only to get the case back on the basic Chart and get it done. 3 PROGRAMS There are then 3 types of Programs: 1. THE program laid out in the Classification and Gradation Chart. (Called The Basic Program.) 2. Repair Programs to eradicate case mishandling by current life or auditing errors. (Called a Set-Up Program.) 3. Major actions to be undertaken to get the case back on the Class Chart from wherever he has erroneously gotten to on it. (Called a Return Program.) It has been a very common C/S action to disperse away from a program laid out. This has been happening ever since the first issue of the Class Chart and has been a principal source of trouble for C/Ses. This happens in several ways: 1. Not knowing the importance of the Class Chart. 2. Not knowing basics. 3. Falling for SP propaganda that "we don't use that now", "the material is old", "it's only background data", etc, that deteriorates what one does know and could use. 4. Failure of auditors to give good sessions and do the Usual required in a session. 5. Abandonment of the C/S's own Repair or Return Program -- usually because of false auditor reports or operating on insufficient data from the pc. The correct way to go about all this is to: A. Repair the case thoroughly with minor actions like GFs, prepared lists, ruds, two-way comm. 57 B. Acquire adequate data on the pc. C. Complete any C/S Return Program begun. D. Get the pc back on the Class Chart without any processes of the grade skipped. E. Run the case on the Class Chart. F. Repair any departures or errors made in life or auditing. G. Get the pc back on the Class Chart. DISPERSAL Not following any program is a complete exercise in non-sequitur (means one step does not follow the last but is different and unrelated). In giving a pc process after process that are not related to each other and follow no Repair Program or Return Program is non-sequitur in the extreme. If processes were remarks one would get a sequence of processes given the pc sounding like this. "The submarine just went by so we will order a hundred tons of bread. There wasn't any beer so birds are seldom seen. The dance was very fast so we fixed the carburetor. He has very long hair so we decorated his father's tomb." "Give pc Scn Triples then do his Dianetics then fix up his hidden standard," would be a series of crazy non-sequitur C/Ses. Nothing is connected to or proceeds from anything. That would be a dispersed program for sure. It actually happens horribly enough. Study a Class Chart and then look through some old folders. At once, the sequence of processes ordered sounds like "The submarine just went by so order a hundred tons of bread." Such C/Sing has no cause and effect in it. A person totally ignorant of basic cause and effect gets "Pc nattery. Run Dianetics." "Pc's case not advancing. Do Grade 0." The cause of the pc condition is not understood. A nattery pc has withholds. A case not advancing has problems. That's real actual basic tech (see Auditor's Rights HCO B for the table). This data is over 15 years old at this writing, is part of proper Academy courses and the SHSBC and is even in Class VIII materials. The reasons for the pc's behavior or trouble are not mysterious reasons never revealed. They are all very well given in course materials. Here is an actual case, a folder I examined of a pc who is now in trouble and needing a Repair and Return Program. Pc was an accident prone (person who is apparently dedicated to having accidents). Very low aptitude score (about 30). Had been skipped over almost the entire Class Chart and given Power. To handle accident proneness was given CCHs. This cured it. Had Exteriorized so was given Interiorization Rundown without a 2-way comm session. Pc subsequently developed bad somatics. (Dianetics was never flattened or completed.) A quarter of an inch of Examiner's reports wherein the pc was asking for help or medicine to get rid of somatics was then put one by one into the folder. Despite this the "C/S" saw "Va" on the pc's folder and ordered R6EW. More Examiner's calls collected. The pc ran one item, making one mark on a worksheet and attested R6EW. 58 More Examiner's reports collected, pc reporting self ill. "C/S" seeing R6EW attested ordered pc to Clearing Course. Pc did one brief session attested Clear. More Examiner's reports into folder, pc in pain and now in Ethics trouble. "C/S" ordered pc to OT I. Pc spent 35 minutes on OT I in terror of it, hastily attested, had 5 accidents in 3 days. Folder sent to me as a "baffling case". So the correct actions now have to be taken. 1. Repair pc with every list known to Man or Beast to get off BPC collected in these overwhelming levels. 2. Repair pc in errors in current life. 3. Return Program the pc by running simple things, 2-way comm, to give pc some wins in actual case gain by maybe handling by 2-way comm minor this life or childhood upsets with family, maybe putting in ruds on some early subject that turns up. 4. Put pc back on the Class Chart TO COMPLETE THE INCOMPLETE GRADE (Dianetics) to its full end phenomena as per Class Chart. 5. Bring the pc on up the Class Chart using all processes for each grade and honestly attesting each grade in turn. It's all a shame because the pc had a lose on status. She wanted to be Clear and OT, was actually on it and never walked up the stairs to get to it. PROGRAM NECESSITY One can see from all this the NECESSITY of working by program on a case. Even when one starts an honest program for the case one can get thrown off of it and begin to do something else. If the pc goes exterior, of course, one has to handle by Interiorization Rundown before the case can be audited at all. But that's no reason to then skip all the grades! A pc can go exterior at any point. Thus it must be handled when it occurs. But that does not mean anything happened to one's program or the Class Chart. Exterior or Interior, a pc unflat on Dianetics (not attained the ability marked on the Class Chart) is unflat on Dianetics! And a pc who is unflat on Dianetics will have out lower grades. Jumping processes on the Class Chart set the pc up to fall on his head later. An "OT VI with problems" is really just an unflat Grade I. And until Grade I is flattened to permanent Ability Attained on the Class Chart, he remains an unflat Grade 1. A C/S who gets wound up in this sort of skipped everything and made nothing, of course has an awful mess on his hands. He can feel as lost as Hansel or Gretel. But waiting to get covered up by leaves is for the birds. If one finds the pc off the road, the thing to do is return the pc to the road at the point he didn't walk it AND THERE ARE NO SHORTCUTS FOR THE MIND. The utter despair and insane barbarism psychiatry descended into was patient lost, psychiatrist lost, patient crazy, psychiatrist into insane sadism. So maybe the first lesson a C/S really has to learn is: 59 THERE IS A KNOWN ROAD OUT. There is no shortcut, it has to be walked every inch of it. And therefore the greatest enemy of the C/S is the SP who says "that's all old" "we don't use that now" "that's just background data" and thereby obscures the actual road. And another enemy is the pc who screamingly demands to be put up to Clear at once so he won't have this awful headache! STEADY ON Thus the measures a C/S takes to hold a steady course will profit him greatly in the end with good solid gains for the pc. As the pc should no longer be a total humanoid by Class IV the lower grade gains are the most important of all. A C/S who puts a Class Chart into every folder he handles is doing a wise thing. Even if it's big, clumsy, hard to handle, it is at least thorough. If on it he marks in red things the pc has gotten to falsely and if in green things the pc made from the bottom walking an honest road, he knows where he is at! Seeing the whole training cycle half of the Chart continue blank means that much more ignorance and trouble for the pc in making his gains stably. If the C/S put his Repair Program on a Red sheet in the folder and dated it out session by session to be audited until it was DONE and all flubs made in doing it also marked in and repaired, the C/S wouldn't lose his place in the book. For a red sheet stands out in amongst other folder papers. A red sheet with a "folder error summary" on one side of it and the C/S's Repair Pgm on the other keeps the pc's progress located. When that Red sheet is done it should be signed by the C/S as DONE which retires all errors to that point. A bright blue sheet giving the C/S RETURN PGM properly dated also gives one a chance to not get steered off. A new Red Repair Pgm sheet fixing up errors occurring in doing the Blue sheet can be pushed into the folder but the Blue sheet can be resumed again. The Blue sheet completed should find the pc back on the Class Chart. A list of processes run tallied up by the auditor each session keeps the C/S from repeating a process and gives him the Dn items used singly to be done triple. While all this Admin may seem time consuming, lack of it mounts up into valuable AUDITOR TIME being thrown away. C/Sing is a road. It has milestones. When the pc didn't pass one honestly he got lost. There's no reason for pc, auditor and C/S to all get lost. The C/S has an exact road to hold to, return to and repairs to get done so the pc can get moving on the Return Pgm and the Class Chart which IS the road. It took too many trillions to find this road for it to be neglected. For if the C/S neglects it people won't arrive anywhere but get lost as well. The right idea is the road. LRH:kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 60  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=13/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 3 SESSION PRIORITIES REPAIR PGMS AND THEIR PRIORITY   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 3 SESSION PRIORITIES REPAIR PGMS AND THEIR PRIORITY When a pc has had an incorrectly run session, one that did not wind up with F/N Cog VGIs, it is often harmful to delay the repair session. Most cases of pcs becoming ill or having accidents stem from A. Major Errors in Programming the case. B. Delay in Repairing a goofed session. There have been several examples recently of pcs ending session with an unflat process after which the repair session was delayed for several days or even weeks and the pc came down with a cold or had some minor accident or got in Ethics trouble. Thus Repair has priority. PROGRAM ERRORS Under A. a major error in programming lays the case open to having goofed sessions and exposes the auditor to some risk of making errors. The reason for this is that the pc gets overwhelmed or bogged simply by not coming up through all the processes of each level on the Class Chart. Let us say the pc is trying to make it on R6EW Solo Study but keeps having Problems with it and can't get on with it. The uninformed C/S orders a Student Rescue Intensive. This is all right as far as it goes. But a more searching look into the records is likely to find that this pc had exactly 10 minutes on the whole of Grade I! The Out-Program is far more likely to play havoc with this pc than just problems. He is possibly in doubt as to case gains and his reality is poor and yet he is being exposed to the highly restimulative materials of an upper level to which he has never climbed. A direct effort now to put in problems Grade I also puts an auditor at risk. Instead of merely being able to run problems as he would have been able to earlier, the pc is in some sort of overwhelm and is nervous or scared or believes he is at fault some way. He will look everywhere but in the right direction. The answer to an incorrectly programmed case is, of course, a repair program and the sooner the better. Such repair programs must be very light. Prepared lists to find charge, 2 way comm on various subjects, take a walk. And such a repair program MUST NOT (a) Let the pc dive into rough heavy charge, or (b) Be overdone to total boredom. SELF AUDITING Some pcs "self audit", which is different than Solo auditing since it has no meter or session and is just wandering about the bank (some overwhelmed pcs self audit in Solo wandering all over the place). 61 This is a symptom of session or study or life overwhelm. It requires a Repair Program. EP OF REPAIR The End Phenomena of a Repair Program is the pc feeling great and feeling he can get Case Gain. A good, clever Repair Program produces what badly programmed cases would consider total recovery. It is a good idea to have the pc attest to "I have had definite gains from the recent sessions and feel great." Or with a hearty "Yes" to "Does Scientology really work for you." Oh, you say, how could that much gain come from just repair? Well, Repair is almost always being done on a pc who was overwhelmed by life or auditing in the first place. Life we know has a way of overwhelming people. When a person is overwhelmed by life, an auditing error is more likely to occur. When Incorrect Programming occurs, then any auditing on it can add up to more overwhelm which adds up to more errors. CONSISTENT COMPLAINT The pc whose Examiner forms routinely have a sour note in them should not be continued on the Class Chart or any Return Program. He is a Repair pc and nothing else. If you get the idea that any lower level can produce large changes in a person you will see that lower level processes are being mis-programmed if they are producing only the gains of Repair actions. The sign of mis-programming is most often seen in Examiner reports where the pc's comments or demands are "for more auditing" or "Got to have a session" or "wasn't really handled" or sour comments or cracks. When you examine some folders you will see some pc has more than his share of this. That's a sign to LIGHTLY DO IT. The wrong way to go is plunge! I have seen a C/S order 2 major actions in one session after a bad session on a pc in a DESPERATE effort to reach the case! The exact reverse is required. Repair the case by: I. Patch the session goof. II. Use prepared lists for locating session charge in past sessions. III. Use prepared lists and two way comm on items found. IV. Get ruds in on periods of the pc's life. V. Get ruds in on parts of the pc's body that are ailing. This is not a model Repair Program but only a sample of one. It isn't a model because the pcs have different things wrong with them. 62 But you could blindly do all of the above and still wind up with case gain and a win for a staggering pc. Then you would do a Return Pgm to get the pc back on the Class Chart. But not until then. I have seen a pc stagger along for years getting auditing (of a sort) while still retaining a set characteristic or somatic who when handled with very mild processes had a case gain and then returned to the Class Chart HAVE A COMPLETE CHANGE OF THE CHARACTERISTIC. EFFECT SCALE A C/S can get into the lower end of the effect scale and feel that desperate that he begins to throw away every major process he can order on the pc, even 2 or 3 per session! But the direction of win was LIGHTER not heavier action. Sort of like "this sparrow keeps getting bowled out with rocks. Let's try real artillery on him!" If one is trying to make a better sparrow he should lay off the rocks and lighten it up, not step up the barrage! Some cotton tufts might do wonders! Might even make the sparrow reach! The basic trouble with ALL past efforts at "psychotherapy" and "religious uplift" and "self betterment" and healing was: The more desperate the situation the more desperate was the remedy used. The right answer is: THE WORSE THE CONDITION THE LIGHTER THE REMEDY REQUIRED. Dealing with psychotics in an institution you would find that "Hello" pleasantly said would do more for cases than all the drug firms and electric shock machines and brain icepicks have ever done in all their existence. Well if it applies to psychotics, it applies surely to people that aren't. Simple interest and listening can crack an awful lot of overwhelmed cases that would only bog further if not first repaired. BPC The exact BPC of the last session handled is always the first action in Repair Programming. This is the exact BPC. An unfinished Dianetic Chain is BPC. So get it handled. The wrong list item is heavy BPC so get it handled. And get this BPC off now! Now! Don't wait 2 days or a week. Repair it on priority. OVERWHELM Don't always blame the auditor. He may goof and he shouldn't. But if his procedure and TRs were reasonably correct, how come the pc got a tangled session. If the auditor has a usually good record and you get a goofed session, then realize the pc is a bit troublesome and was not running standardly. Of course this doesn't excuse student goofs or plain lousy auditing. But when the auditor does all right, then the case must be in an overwhelm of some sort. So we have 2 variables here for C/S decision. x1 -- Auditor fault? or x2 -- Pc in an overwhelm? 63 There is a decision here to be made by the C/S. It's resolved by folder inspection and knowledge of the auditor. All right -- Auditor usually okay. That eliminates x 1. So we have a pc in overwhelm? Look over past record of pc. Runs okay. That cancels x2. So we repair that one session and its goof and continue with the Return Pgm or the Class Pgm whichever the pc was on. What if x1 showed lots of bad sessions by the auditor and x2 showed pc usually okay. Investigate auditor's auditing and send to Cramming for TRs, etc. What if x1 Auditor okay and x2 pc has lots of trouble? NOW we get to an overwhelmed pc. You see how it's sorted out by the C/S? From inspecting two things only the C/S can decide what's to be done now. If the decision isn't clear-cut get the auditor looked into and the pc asked about the auditor's actions and his own case. If his "case has lots of trouble" skip worrying the auditor further unless that discloses other errors on other cases. Okay. So the pc is running badly. So he's in an overwhelm. Inspection will reveal one or more of three things. 1. Case didn't come up the Class Chart right. 2. Case being run in a temporary Life overwhelm. 3. Former errors not repaired. 1 and 3 may both exist. The correct C/S action is a Repair Program in any case. If 3 is true you engage in that first. If 2 is true you use Repair actions on life as the second part of your Repair Program. If 1 is true you will also have a Repair Program to lay out first in any event and just include it in. Write it all up on a red sheet and follow the sheet session by session as you C/S. You will now have handled the overwhelm if your Repair Pgm is good and fully done and not brushed off at the first sign of VGIs in the pc at Examiner. If 1 is true you now do a Return Pgm. This of course is what processes you're going to get run to fill in the processes that haven't been run to get the Class Chart all done and the pc back up to where he was. He has run some after all. INGENUITY The genius and bright ideas of a C/S are not exerted with major processes ever. Only the Interiorization Rundown after the pc exteriorized or when it is discovered he has and possibly a Student Rescue or a sickness assist are the exceptions to this. One doesn't Repair with major processes! That's like "The engine wouldn't run so he hit it with a sledge hammer." Ingenuity is required of a C/S only in the area of repair. Locating BPC is rather standard in repair action. But fishing up the case by 2 way comm and little prepchecks and getting in ruds on things or times require a certain flair in a C/S. I recall one pc who was staggering on engrams, couldn't talk to people and was a general mess. The wrong action would be to run a major grade like Comm on the pc. The pc had to be handled with 2 way comm of some sort. Yet she couldn't talk 64 auditing or anything else fluently enough about anything to clear anything up. I asked her what would it be awful to say and she went scarlet, hemmed and hawed and blurted out "Swearing!" So we 2 way commed about it! What a torrent! Recovered completely. Recovered so well she thought that was all there was to auditing and was immensely gratified! Another pc had lost his job and couldn't face any part of it. I 2 way commed what his job had consisted of. He promptly went out and got another. Sometimes it takes a lot of sessions and a lot of reading worksheets to find subjects. BUT IF YOU CAN PERSUADE AUDITORS TO MARK EVERY FALL AND BD IN 2 WAY COMM SESSIONS you will find exactly where the pc is hung up and ordering 2 way comm on that and related things does wonders. But all repair isn't two way comm. Touching things is a very good way to handle repairs. Cars, typewriters, airplanes, or book pictures thereof or anything or any picture of anything also works. The "touch assist" is a little fragment of a whole array of "touch". Cases sometimes flinch at remembering anything at all. The answer is touch things and "Reach and withdraw" is part of this and is used in repair. TRs (all of them 0 to IX) are so good in repair action that they actually cure 50% or more drug addicts when run for weeks in groups such as on the HAS Course. It is even reported that when run on people still on drugs over periods of weeks they come off the drugs of their own volition. TRs are a fine unlimited repair action. Prepared lists run on all sorts of things can repair a whole life. "Look at me. Who am I?" is used in a Repair Session when a pc goes too wild to audit. (An exception is list errors when the only remedy is a fast L4A.) Mimicry is actually too high for Repair. Repair is its own subject. The only demand in Programming it is to give priority to recent auditing errors or recent life catastrophes. Many cases obviously have to begin processing with a Repair. Life overwhelm is the reason. And an S & D can be far too steep. Next to skimping lower grades, Repair is too little used. And it is needed. And the urgency is to not let things go too long unrepaired. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 65  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=13/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HUBBARD CONSULTANT STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS   Remimeo HC  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JUNE 1970 Issue II Remimeo HC HUBBARD CONSULTANT STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS A competent operator of an E-Meter, which is used in stress analysis, needs very little training but needs to be highly observant in meter reading. A student who is having trouble is placed across a table from the Hubbard Consultant. The student is given the leads to hold one in each hand and the meter balanced. The Hubbard Consultant makes a Consultant Report. This is a form or plain sheet with the student's name at the top, the date and the course name, or a description of the material being handled. The time and the meter reading is placed routinely at appropriate intervals on the left edge of the sheet. The questions asked by the Hubbard Consultant are written down with the student's answers in brief. The Hubbard Consultant is trained to ask what he is supposed to and to listen to and acknowledge what the student says. The Hubbard Consultant never comments by words or expression and makes no cracks or evaluations. He is trained to: 1. Operate the meter 2. Ask questions 3. Acknowledge 4. Take notes 5. Note down times and meter actions 6. Assess a list of prepared items for meter reads 7. To say "That is all" at the end of the period 8. To staple and file the notes in the student's folder. HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 1 This is two way communication. The Hubbard Consultant asks if there is anything the student is having trouble with. The Hubbard Consultant acknowledges and continues to prompt the student to talk about it until the student seems more cheerful about it. 66 HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 2 The Hubbard Consultant asks if there is anything in the course materials or other material being studied that the student disagrees with. The student answers. The Hubbard Consultant acknowledges and prompts until the student has resolved it. HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 3 (For use where the difficulty is with tape recorded material.) The student is asked at what point of the tape he bogged down. This tape is procured, put on a player and the earphone placed on the student. The material is played from a point earlier than the student said. The student is on the meter. The Hubbard Consultant has control of the tape player start-stop. As the tape plays the Hubbard Consultant watches his meter needle. As soon as it reads (falls) the Hubbard Consultant stops the machine and asks what word or term that was. If the student can't tell him the tape section is replayed from an even earlier point. A needle read is watched for and the machine stopped. The Hubbard Consultant asks for the word or term the student has just heard. The student gives it. The Hubbard Consultant has the student look up the word -- (a) If a non-technical word in the student's language it is looked up in a good dictionary of that language which must be available. (b) If it is a technical word or term in the subject, it is looked up in the glossary. (c) If in the glossary the student reads the term aloud and the Hubbard Consultant watches the needle. Any word that reads is looked up in the student's language dictionary as in (a) above. HUBBARD CONSULTANT STRESS ANALYSIS No. 4 In the case of written material, the student is not placed on a tape player but reads the material to the Hubbard Consultant who proceeds as in Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis No. 3 (a), (b) and (c). Students who go to sleep during study are asked if they have had enough sleep the night before. If not, they are taken off study and given manual or clerical work to do for the remainder of that day. If the student has had enough sleep, he is given the appropriate Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis action as above. 67 Students given Hubbard Consultant Stress Analysis should be cheerful and relieved at the end. If E-Meters are not available for Stress Analysis a Hubbard Consultant can be trained to do the four actions above by watching the facial characteristic change of the student. This is more difficult than in using an E-Meter. The meter readings when the matter is cleared up should be between 2(F) and 3(M) on the 1 to 6 dial and the needle should be "floating". On the 1 to 6 dial the position 2 measures 5,000 ohms across the leads with the needle at set. The position 3 measures 12,500 ohms. A floating needle is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on the dial without any patterns or reactions in it. It moves to the right at the same speed as it moves to the left. It is loose and free. When the student has resolved the matter, is more cheerful about it and the floating needle is observed, the matter is not taken any further. This indication to stop must be observed so that the consultant action is not overdone. Overdoing this action could cause further difficulty. If the needle is agitated with small jerky movements the student is upset and is not being frank with the Hubbard Consultant or has been provoked by the Hubbard Consultant. Discussion cleans this up. If the meter is reading above 3 the stress has not been resolved. An E-Meter measures body tension. It is useful to Management in locating points of Stress after physical tests on equipment (as in test pilots or machine operators) so that faults of design where the machine is not well adjusted to man can be accurately remedied. It also works on physical stresses resulting from the tension of concentrating particularly when the student or trainee is unable to grasp materials or handle a subject or equipment. By the use of the E-Meter a Hubbard Consultant can isolate the exact point of a man's difficulty with a subject or equipment and clear this up. Or the exact point can be found where equipment is not well adapted to man. Its use in study can pin-point the exact thing that has halted the flow of comprehension. Thus it can be cleared up. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:kjm.nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 68  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=14/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 4 THE RETURN PROGRAM   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 4 THE RETURN PROGRAM When a case has been repaired, there is always a Return Program made up by the C/S. It is handwritten on a blue sheet of paper that is easily spotted in a folder. When the Repair Pgm has been concluded, the case is considered to be "set up" for a Return Pgm. The exact point where a Repair Program is changed into a Return Program is when the case has had some wins and is in far better shape than he was when he first began to be audited (which means his first ever auditing). The point is also identifiable as the point where the person feels more outflowing and less overwhelmed if at all. This is obviously a point of case change. The common and incorrect practice of looking for case change as the only benefit from processing should be relegated to Repair End Phenomena. Processing is actually measured by the gradual increase in ability. Step by step these increases in ability walk up the Class Chart and ability is the measure of progress. The C/S who is looking for THE solution to a case, the one shattering bang of total effect on the pc, has set himself for continuous losses in C/Sing. For there is no one action that totally changes a case from bottom to top in one fell swoop. The C/S who thinks there is continually fiddles hopefully. A case has MANY things to be handled, not one. There is no one single wrongness or out-point in a case. A case is a collection of out-points. He hurts, he can't talk, he has problems, he is ARC Broken, he has service facs, he is stuck in incidents, etc, to just mention a few such out-points. A radio receiver that has been many times broken and is a heap of twisted parts, is not going to get repaired, much less improved by a radio repairman finding one huge error in it and correcting that. He'll have to correct a lot of minor errors in it before any major error even shows up. The "One-shot clear" idea of the uninformed of 1950 is impossible. When a person goes onto the Clearing Course after missing the lower grades he just doesn't make it at all. He often can't even get reads. It takes many miles of road, past many "case changes" to get up the gradient scale to top ability. A Repair Program takes the case from where it has falsely gotten to on the Class Chart and gets off the overwhelm with light processes. The Return Program begins when the case is no longer so overwhelmed and is getting wins from the Repair Program. 69 THE RETURN PROGRAM CONSISTS SIMPLY OF WRITING DOWN IN SEQUENCE EVERY NEEDFUL STEP AND PROCESS MISSED ON THE CLASS CHART BY THE CASE WHICH ARE NOW TO BE DONE. Example: A case has falsely gotten to R6EW Solo and isn't making it well. The C/S writes up a light process but extensive Repair Program (first on auditing, then on life). The case achieves the EP of repair in case changes and less overwhelm. The C/S now examines the 2-way comm sessions and Examiner's reports to establish what levels are out. No change = Level 1. Lots of ARC Brks = Level 2. The C/S lists all the Level 1 and Level 2 processes the pc did not get done and this is the Return Program. When these are done and the pc has made it, the C/S has the pc honestly back at R6EW on the Class Chart and continues to follow the Class Chart. Needful repairs also sometimes have to be done in getting the Return Pgm done. In each case a new Repair Program is done. The old Return Program looked over but probably just continued. Example of a case at OT I now completely repaired: Case has somatics = Dn Level Unflat Makes others guilty = Level IV Unflat Dramatizes = R6EW Unflat. The Return Program consists of completing Dn, rehabbing comm, all Level IV processes, Redo R6EW, rehab Clear, return to OT I. That completes the Return Program. In other words, when the case, found in trouble at a level, is fully repaired and winning, the C/S studies the current data on the case to establish the major levels that are out (each Level has an error and an ability) and then gets these into a Program which then session by session is followed. The program which can be completed in one session will never be written as there is no such program. A program is the consecutive layout of what has to be done in the next many sessions. The basic program is the Class and Grade Chart. The Return Program is the return to the false point reached by getting honestly done all the points missed on the road. The pc who can't attest a grade ability at any point has to have: 1. A Repair Pgm. 2. A Return Pgm. It is a truism that the grade he can't seem to make is not the grade. An earlier grade is out if the processes of any one grade, properly run, do not achieve that grade. 70 The earliest error is of course a failure to achieve the lowest grade there is. What is out here is that the case needed to be started on a Repair Pgm for life. Now, that skipped, one has to do a Repair on both auditing and life. The Return Pgm is easy in this instance as it just puts the pc back on what he was on, the first level. But this is the only instance where a pc is restored by the C/S to the level he was on without an extensive Return Program. So a Return Pgm always follows the Repair Pgm. And a Return Program consists of putting the pc over road sections he missed on the road up. A Return Pgm is concluded and retired when the pc is back on the grade he falsely had reached before the Repair and Return were done, and is now making that grade. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 71  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=15/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 5 REPAIR EXAMPLE   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 5 REPAIR EXAMPLE Pc X was rushed through lower grades in 20 minutes, given Power to no result, was fed cognitions on upper level material and when run on Dianetics was found "stuck in present time". After two bogged sessions this pc, who had come from a far place, came to Flag where I took over (not very pleased). The actual rundown outlined as a Repair Program (see C/S Series 3) was as follows on 2 8 1/2" x 13" red cards to be kept in pc's folder. PC X REPAIR PGM I. LAST ERROR REPAIRED 27.5.70 II. BOGGED SESSION 6/6/70 Repaired 11/6/70 (too long a wait but done). III. Two Way Comm on what did you experience in Power Processing Successful 1/6/70 (Revealed all Lower Grades out, Clear Cog fed him, unable to really run Dn.) IV. L4A assessed on each list run on him, one list at a time as he recalls it. V. Auditor Auditing Prepcheck. VI. Gains Prepcheck. VII. An assessed GF done to get each charge found off. VIII. 2 Way Comm How Do You Feel About Auditing Now? Completes auditing cycle. Repair. IX. 2 way comm on life before Scn. (Note all Falls and BDs.) To C/S. X. C/S to pick up items out of IX and Prepcheck each one that still reads when called off (one to be called then run, no assessment). XI. Two way comm on rough areas When have you had a rough time? Note all Falls and BDs. To C/S. XII. C/S to list all F or BD items. Prepcheck each one. XIII. 2 way comm What possessions have you had? To C/S. XIV: C/S to list all F -- BD Items and Prepcheck. XV. L1B in auditing and 2 way comm on gains. XVI. C/S Note what period of his life pc hung up in. Auditor to put in ruds on it. 72 XVII. Find out what body part or area hurts. Put in Ruds on it. (Pgm can be extended to be sure pc has had wins and is in better condition than was in before auditing and no longer overwhelmed or can be cut if this occurs before then.) (Return Pgm begins with TRs 0-9, on up the Class Chart as needed to get his abilities and ends off with a full repair of Power, rehabbing Pr Pr 4 and 5 and running 6 to EP and checking lists. He will then be back on Class Chart properly.) This is not a Repair Pgm to be copied particularly. It is given as an extent of Repair which would then be done session by session and ticked off by the C/S as he ordered each new step. The No. IV L4A prepared list would be wholly assessed for each specific list. The V and VI are a whole list of things not given here, common to such a step, but containing no dynamite-type things like "SPs" or "Overwhelm" or other things like the names of major processes. Note that everything from I to VIII are strictly auditing repairs. IX to XVII handle life areas. This case should have been started in auditing with a Life Repair Pgm such as given from IX to XVII. Had he been on drugs as a habit (or just shaky about life) TRs 0 to 9 could have begun his auditing followed by Life Repair IX to XVII. NEW DEVELOPMENT These actions of Repair before level auditing are a new development as such but 2 way comm and these actions are all from the early '60s SHSBC. POSSIBLE FAULTS Evaluation, Q and A and an inability to listen resulting in the auditor chopping comm would be the chief reasons any errors would creep into the sessions given in the Repair Program. As these might not show up in the auditing reports, if the Repair Pgm sessions did not result in gain the C/S would have the auditor's auditing checked for these points of Evaluation, Q and A and comm chop. The sessions are actually very easy to run and could be done by an Academy Class III or better by a Class VI. NOTE ON VIII AUDITING VIII Auditing presumed, when developed, that lower grades were still being delivered. VIII Auditing and Training are fully valid. They are, as the Class infers, a high level of auditing and remain so. The sequence of recent development has been: VIII Auditing to Standard Dianetic HDC-HDG auditing to Standard Dianetics C/Sing for all levels C/Sing below levels 73 C/Sing to handle the neglect of lower grades and SHSBC data which are being gotten back in rapidly. The C/S is therefore confronted with cases without lower grades and the earliest and reissued Class Chart neglected. The mania for Quickie Lower Grades and the acts by a few who fed upper "cognitions" and other evaluation to pcs wrecked for a while a part of the bridge and made it impassable. Much of the current C/S work should take this into consideration. The Repair Pgm given above is not as long as it could be and certainly would be no shorter. The IX to XVII are a brief layout of how new cases could be handled BEFORE any actual level auditing as a guarantee of real gains. This is a whole zone of action (pre-Level, pre-Dianetics) becoming increasingly necessary by the decline of the culture as visible in pcs now beginning processing as different from those even up to 1962. These IX to XVII steps would also work on institutional cases but one should take it even easier. I repeat, this Repair Pgm I to XVII is an EXAMPLE and its numbers are not useful as different Repair Pgms would be designed by the C/S for the pc. Many other things could be done, none of them heavy or desperate. The C/S should caution any Registrar NOT to sell with the name "Repair Pgm". This is entirely technical and not PR or Sales. It is just Auditing as far as the Registrar is concerned. Had Pc X been processed on all earlier grades in a scramble before 1962, one would list and then rehab every process run as part of the Return Pgm. Such a step would be done as the last step however of the Return Program as a prelude to straightening out the highest grade falsely attained before Repair. The rehab would not be a substitute for running all the processes of the levels not previously run. Rehab is no part of Repair. TECH ACTION We have fallen into a belief that any repair is done in Review. Review is now the place the pc goes when the C/S gives up. Repair is a Tech Div Action and counts as hours of auditing delivered. Auditing is auditing. Obviously 2 25 hour intensives could be consumed in a Life Repair before a new pc ever came near even an assessment of the minus scale of the first Class Chart much less a level! In Academies, students may get anxious to "get their grades practiced" and so may skip repair actions needful. Thus upper level students should audit lower level students. DIANETICS Pcs audited only on Dianetics in franchises and centers will make some astonishing physical and even mental improvements. The larger percentage will do so. However, a C/S will find some have had physical gains "without finding out about it". The reality factor has not increased to any degree. Such pcs of course get a long Repair Program and are then given a Return Program to Dianetics, their highest level. The sample Repair Pgm above fits such pcs as well as one that attained higher levels before it was found that lower grades were out. 74 There are no variables in what the pgms are: 1. Pc bogs or not gaining. 2. Repair Pgm outlined and concluded. 3. Return Pgm outlined and concluded. What the C/S puts in the Repair Pgm and what he puts in the Return Pgm can be very variable indeed. C/S Q AND A The only fault I've seen in a C/S trying to outline 2 way comm could be called a "C/S Q and A". The pc has a big win about "Frogs". A huge cog F/N VGIs changes his life. The Q and A C/S is to order "Frogs two way commed". The system one uses is not to use pc wins as items to further handle. That stifles (overruns) the win. It's an ability gained. One should be able to write off win items as gains and let the pc have them. And use items pc mentions that read (shows he has Reality on them) to push up to new wins. The C/S is looking into 2 way comm for things to handle finds his prizes in subjects that read but haven't F/Ned. The cycle is find an item that reads, push it to F/N cog GIs. Leave that. Find another that reads. Push it to F/N cog VGIs. Leave that. Find another ....... etc. 2 way comm with the auditor marking F, LF, LLF, BDs, etc gives the C/S worksheets to pick new items out of. The C/S looks to see if any of these were the subject of any F/N. If so he crosses them off. He orders prepchecks or two way comm on the items that read and haven't F/Ned. That's the way the C/S gets his Instructions to Auditor for the exact actions of the Repair Pgm steps he has already outlined. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 75  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=16/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 6 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1970 Remimeo (Reissued & corrected 3 Oct. 71. Only change -- [page 79] word "arrived" corrected to "aimed". Correction in this type style.) C/S Series 6 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING In Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health considerable stress is placed on the words and phrases in engrams. This is still functional. However as I did further research I found that (a) many pcs were unable to get the words in the engram and (b) the apparent force of the words was derived wholly from the pain, emotion, effort contained in the engram. In Standard Dianetics the words in an engram play no major role in the auditing. The use of the words to de-aberrate and concentration on phrases in engrams is valid but junior in force to the pain, misemotion, etc in the engram. Thus if you run out the force the words drop into insignificance. This is often how the pc gets cognitions: the words and meaning concealed in the engram are changing value and devaluating. The pc can then think clearly again on a subject previously pinned down by the force. Get the force out and the words take care of themselves and need no special handling. The meaning of things plays a secondary role in processing to forces. Thetans find counter-forces objectionable. Almost all chronic (continual) somatics have their root in force of one hind or another. In that the handling of things with bodies involves force to greater or lesser degree, incapability and derangement of mental values is proportional to the thetan's objection to force. This objection descends down to a wish to stop things. It goes below that into overwhelmedness in which propitiation and obsessive agreement manifest themselves. LOW TAs The low TA is a symptom of an overwhelmed being. When a pc's TA goes low he is being overwhelmed by too heavy a process, too steep a gradient in applying processes or by rough TRs or invalidative auditing or auditing errors. A low TA means that the thetan has gone past a desire to stop things and is likely to behave in life as though unable to resist real or imaginary forces. HIGH TA Chronically high TAs mean the person can still stop things and is trying to do so. However, all one has to do is restimulate and leave unflat an engram chain to have a high TA. High TA is reflecting the force contained in the chain. An "over-run" means doing something too long that has engrams connected with it which means an engram chain with too many engrams on it being restimulated by life or auditing. Hence Over-run. 76 If this overrun persisted unhandled eventually the pc would be overwhelmed and one, in theory, would have a low TA. MENTAL MASSES Mental masses, forces, energy are the items being handled by the C/S on any pc. If the C/S loses sight of this he can wander off the road and go into the thickets of significance. Engrams, secondaries, locks all add up to mental masses, forces, energies, time, which express themselves in countless different ways such as pain, misemotion, feelings, old perceptions and a billion billion thought combinations buried in the masses as significances. A thetan can postulate or say or reason anything. Thus there is an infinity of significances. A thetan is natively capable of logical thought. This becomes muddied by out-points held in by mental forces such as pictures of heavy experiences. As the masses and forces accumulated and copied from living build up, the logic potential becomes reduced and illogical results occur. PC SEARCH The pc is continually searching for the significance of a mass or force -- what is it, why is it. The C/S is easily led astray by this. All forces in the bank contain significances. All forces can be unburdened and lightened up by the various procedures of auditing. The search of the pc is for significance. The action of the C/S is reduction of forces. THE E-METER The E-Meter records what force is being discharged in every slash, fall and blowdown. The amount of TA per session is the C/S's index of gain. Note that a discharged process no longer gives TA and gives case gain. The amount of significance recovered or realized by the pc only shows up as cognitions. As the TA works off the case, then one has two indicators: 1. There is needle and TA action. 2. The pc cognites. One shows that force is coming off. Two shows that thought is releasing from force. BACKWARDS C/Sing If a C/S processes toward significance only he will get cases that do not progress. 77 The needle action detects not so much significance as where the force is. Diving toward significance the C/S winds up shortening grades, looking for "magic one-shot buttons" and overwhelming cases by shooting them on up the grades while levels remain loaded with force. RELIABLE INDICATORS When a pc gets no more TA action on Level I he will have made Level I and will know it. He will therefore attest to "No problems". The reliable indicators are TA action and cognitions while a level is still charged. Diminished TA action and cognitions mean the purpose of the level has been reached. A feeling of freedom and expansion on a subject is expressed in a normal TA and a loose needle. The pc will now attest to an ability regained. F/N ABUSE To process only to F/N and even chop off the cognitions on a process abuses the indicator of the F/N. You can find many pcs who bitterly resent F/N indications. They have been: A. Not run on all the processes of a level; B. Still have force on the subject; C. Were chopped off before they could cognite. The ARC Break in this is UNFINISHED CYCLE OF ACTION. The proper End Phenomena for a process is F/N Cognition VGIs. Now look at that carefully. That is the proper end phenomena of a PROCESS. It is not the end phenomena of a LEVEL or even of a TYPE of process. Let us say there are 15 possible Scientology processes for orienting a pc in his present location. To run one of these 15 and say, "F/N that's it. You're complete," is a Quickie impatient action that rebounds on the pc eventually. If there are 15, run 15! Possibly the pc on no. 12 will cognite he's really right where he is. Only then could you cease to work at it. An F/N Cog VGIs tells you a process is finished, not a whole class of actions! Thus 2 1/2 minutes from 0 to IV is not only impossible, it is murderous. It will result in an overwhelm, a low TA or a high TA eventually. Level I says, amongst other things, "Problems Processes". There are certainly half a dozen. Each would be run to F/N Cog VGIs. When these and the other processes of the Level are run, the pc will come to have no further reaction to problems and will be able to handle them. A cognition in lower levels is not necessarily an ability regained. Thirty or forty cognitions on one lower level might add up to (and probably would) the realization that one is free of the whole subject of the level. 78 It is safe to run more processes. It is unsafe to run too few. PC ABILITIES It is not enough for the pc to have only negative gains of deleting force. Sooner or later he will have to begin to confront force. This comes along naturally and is sometimes aided by processes directly aimed at further confront. "What problem could you have?" sooner or later is needed in one form or another. What force can the pc now handle? All auditing in a body -- and any living in a body -- makes a being vulnerable. Bodies break, suffer, intensify pain. Sooner or later a pc will go Exterior. The Interiorization Rundown must be ordered as the next action or you will have a pc with a high TA. 2-way comm Ext-Int must be given in a following session (not the same one) so the full cognitions will occur. After this the pc is less subject to the body and his ability to confront force will improve. Do not be too worried or surprised if after this the pc has some minor accident with the body. Exterior he forgets its frailty. However, such things are minor. He is "learning how to walk" a new way and will run into chairs! He gets this figured out after a while. Pcs sometimes improve their ability to handle force while interior so as to have mysterious headaches or new body pressures. Inevitably they have been exterior and need Interiorization run. They were just using too much force while still inside! Thus force is the thing, significance very secondary. Force of course is made up of time, matter, energy, flows, particles, masses, solids, liquids, gasses, space and locations. All this gets inherently handled in processes published long since. The pc tends to dive for the thought imbedded in the force. He will tell you he's being processed to find out who his parents were or why he is sterile or who did him in, etc, etc. The C/S who chases after this is a deerhound illegally chasing mice! C/S PURPOSE The C/S is there to make certain that the pc makes gains and attains the actual abilities of the level. The C/S is for the pc. C/S auditor control exists only to keep the auditing standard, the TRs good, the processes ordered done and to End Phenomena each one. No other reasons for C/Sing exist. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970, 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 79  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 21 iDate=17/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TECHNICAL DEGRADES   URGENT AND IMPORTANT Remimeo Applies to all SHs and Academies HGCs Franchises  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1970 Remimeo Applies to all SHs and URGENT AND Academies IMPORTANT HGCs Franchises TECHNICAL DEGRADES (This PL and HCO PL Feb 7, 1965 must be made part of every study pack as the first items and must be listed on checksheets.) Any checksheet in use or in stock which carries on it any degrading statement must be destroyed and issued without qualifying statements. Example: Level 0 to IV Checksheets SH carry "A. Background Material -- This section is included as an historical background, but has much interest and value to the student. Most of the processes are no longer used, having been replaced by more modern technology. The student is only required to read this material and ensure he leaves no misunderstood." This heading covers such vital things as TRs, Op Pro by Dup! The statement is a falsehood. These checksheets were not approved by myself, all the material of the Academy and SH courses IS in use. Such actions as this gave us "Quickie Grades", ARC Broke the field and downgraded the Academy and SH Courses. A condition of TREASON or cancellation of certificates or dismissal and a full investigation of the background of any person found guilty, will be activated in the case of anyone committing the following HIGH CRIMES. 1. Abbreviating an official Course in Dianetics and Scientology so as to lose the full theory, processes and effectiveness of the subjects. 2. Adding comments to checksheets or instructions labelling any material "background" or "not used now" or "old" or any similar action which will result in the student not knowing, using, and applying the data in which he is being trained. 3. Employing after 1 Sept 1970 any checksheet for any course not authorized by myself and the SO Organizing Bureau Flag. 4. Failing to strike from any checksheet remaining in use meanwhile any such comments as "historical", "background", "not used", "old", etc. or VERBALLY STATING IT TO STUDENTS. 5. Permitting a pc to attest to more than one grade at a time on the pc's own determinism without hint or evaluation. 6. Running only one process for a grade between 0 to IV. 7. Failing to use all processes for a level. 8. Boasting as to speed of delivery in a session, such as "I put in Grade Zero in 3 minutes." Etc. 80 9. Shortening time of application of auditing for financial or labor-saving considerations. 10. Acting in any way calculated to lose the technology of Dianetics and Scientology to use or impede its use or shorten its materials or its application. REASON: The effort to get students through courses and get pcs processed in orgs was considered best handled by reducing materials or deleting processes from grades. The pressure exerted to speed up student completions and auditing completions was mistakenly answered by just not delivering. The correct way to speed up a student's progress is by using 2 way comm and applying the study materials to students. The best way to really handle pcs is to ensure they make each level fully before going on to the next and repairing them when they do not. The puzzle of the decline of the entire Scientology network in the late 60s is entirely answered by the actions taken to shorten time in study and in processing by deleting materials and actions. Reinstituting full use and delivery of Dianetics and Scientology is the answer to any recovery. The product of an org is well taught students and thoroughly audited pcs. When the product vanishes, so does the org. The orgs must survive for the sake of this planet. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 81  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=19/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 7 C/S Q AND A   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 7 C/S Q AND A Just as an auditor can Q and A so can a C/S. As you know Q and A is the incorrect 2-way comm action of wandering off the question by feeding the pc what the pc said as a Question, the Answer is taken as the next auditor's Question. Many various outlines of what Q and A is already exist and this is just to refresh the subject. Example: Student Auditor is ordered "2-way comm on cities," by the C/S which is okay. But it can be Q and Aed like this: Student: "Tell me what you think about cities." Pc: "They're cold." Student: "What about cold?" Pc: "I don't like it." Student: "What else don't you like?" Pc: "Well... old men." Student: "What about old men?" Pc: "They're obnoxious." Student: "What else is obnoxious?" Pc: " _______ ." Well you remember all about that. It's maddening and shows no auditor control and certainly doesn't handle the original C/S subject of "cities". There are three main ways in which a C/S can Q and A in C/Sing. PC C/S Pc goes to Examiner on own volition and says, "I am ill. I need my ruds flown." A C/S Q and A would be "Fly ruds." Pc on his own goes to Examiner and says, "I am upset about my job." C/S writes "L1B on job." You get the idea. The first one is therefore Q and Aing with Exam statement of pc. This is varied by taking a pc's note or letter or report and accepting what the pc says is wrong. Like "I'm PTS to my husband." And then C/Sing "2- way comm on husband." Naturally the ancient law applies here. If the pc knew what it was it would not be wrong and would as-is. Pc coming up to Exam saying, "It's my husband!" with F/N Cog VGIs would be what would happen if it was the husband. And that would be great but of no real value to C/S except pc has had a win and not to now use "husband". Give you an actual example: Pc in Solo ruds found she hated George. It F/Ned. Next audited session pc was saying she hated George. Wrote a note about George. C/S did not notice the outness. Ordered L1B on George and in a 2-way comm got little or no TA, continued to be ill. The fact is it wasn't George at all and not even a terminal. Pc had gone up one grade too many, hit an overwhelm, the earlier 6 grades were out! Correct action was to have done a general repair the moment a pc suddenly and mysteriously caved in and got ill on a new level! The pc never should have been going on up grades for the last 6 grades! The tendency to toss it all off with a Q and A not only didn't handle but obscured the real situation. 82 C/Sing A WIN The second Q and A is to C/S a pc win. Pc in 2-way comm mentions cats and more cats and cats and finally at the end of session has a big F/N Cog VGIs on cats. The C/S sees all this "cat" mention and orders "Prepcheck cats." That is a very cruel sort of Q and A. Another version of it of course is to see a pc reach a full End Phenomena on a series of processes like an unmistakable pc-volunteered valence shift and keep on going into an inval. Correction is to rehab of course. Yet another version is to pull a w/h and then keep pulling it so the pc doesn't think it's gone. Correction is to rehab of course. The TA often goes high or low on these Q and A actions and Inval-Eval actions are ordered and the release point rehabbed. NEXT GRADE PLEASE! The third Q and A a C/S can pull is to agree to the pc's demands for the next grade despite all contrary indicators. "I'm ready for Clear now!" says the pc full of somatics whose R6EW wasn't really done and who can't talk. The Registrar, execs and others push on this also. The D of P and C/S have total authority on this. They should be diplomatic. "He can have the grade of course but I will have to prepare him for it," is the best answer. "Please make arrangements for Clear preparation -- 25 hours." If the C/S doesn't hold the fort on this the pc put into the next grade who isn't ready will fall on his head. If this pressure from the pc (in any version) continues, have him sign a waiver "I will not hold the org or any principals responsible and waive any refund if I am put on next grade." That either gets home or he says okay and signs. So put him on the grade and hope he doesn't fall on his head -- and if he does, now demand he get the hours needed to get fixed up so he can really make it. A D of P or C/S often have other pressures exerted on them that are not technical in nature such as economics, ambition, status symbols (of having a high grade regardless of a headache) and have to cope with these diplomatically. But any but tech considerations are dangerous to entertain. SUMMATION Of these 3, 2 are concerned with letting someone else C/S. Like an engineer letting someone else plan the railroad. And the third is also slightly in that nature, consisting of not noticing the pc's wins and using them with which to C/S. CAUTION This doesn't mean the pc is always wrong. He is generally right when he says he's overwhelmed or upset. He's almost always wrong when he says what overwhelmed him or what BPC was out WHEN SIMPLY SAYING IT DOES NOT CORRECT THE CASE OR PRODUCE F/N VGIs. 83 You always use the pc's data one way or another in that you are paralleling what the MIND does. That's reads. Not what the pc says. Remember that what's really wrong lies in the field of mass, energy, space, time, form and location. As these are eased up (by Standard Dianetics and 18 years of Scientology actions and processes) thoughts come to view. So if you Q and A with thoughts already in full view, you never really ease up the bank. That's why Q and A with significance is not done. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 84  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=19/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 8 CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1970 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 8 CHART OF HUMAN EVALUATION Science of Survival's Chart of Human Evaluation is a study for C/Ses and is of great use. When you find the pc on one of its columns you can see if the pc stays there or falls back there. Standard Dianetics opened this chart to full use for C/Ses. 18 years of Scientology processes and know-how are to a large degree evolved from this chart. IF A PC IS STAYING AT A LEVEL OF THE CHART OR FALLS ON IT you know he is running above his level. Processing Changes Conditions. If it doesn't improve them (or the pc's behavior) then the pc's Reality is not being reached. It can be plus or minus, above or below. It is seldom that the pc's reality is higher than the processes used and really only occurs when a grade honestly run is rerun. Then you get pc protest as he's made that. Pcs who get sick suddenly are being run far too high on the Class Chart. Pcs who don't change are also being run too high. Behavior, mannerisms are the index. DO THESE CHANGE? If they do the pc is improving. If they drop lower on the Human Evaluation Chart the pc is in overwhelm. PICKING THOUGHTS OUT OF FORCES IN THE BANK BRINGS A NO-CHANGE. In other words you can park a pc by continuing nothing but think processes which address only significance. SELF AUDITING Self auditing is the manifestation of being overwhelmed by masses etc and pulling only think out of the bank. Pulling out think then pulls in more force which gives more self audit. Not all self audit is bad. The pc eventually realizes it's forces! After a few tens of thousands of hours! If he knows all the answers. A good push against a wall is worth a hundred hours of self auditing. And it's force. HUMAN EVALUATION This famous chart (in use by the way by an airline and several other areas, and which had to be printed as desk blotters for personnel people at one time) could easily be expanded in numbers of vertical columns to include all behavior. 85 The C/S is at a disadvantage as he doesn't see pcs. But he can have a mannerism item filled in on a Summary Report. "Mannerisms _______ " "Mannerism changes _______ " This serves. It also serves to look at the psychosomatic column of the chart and a pc's Health Form. CHANGING THE PC The pc will change in ideas when he changes his relationship to forces. Tons of processes do this. Objective Processes have to be run in on a pc now and then. Somatics passing through in a session are a definite clue to force change. The no-somatic pc is either high as an angel or being run too high. You don't have to run directly at force for forces to change in the pc. One 2 way comm I did with a pc released his hold on a huge bundle of forces! The body responds badly to forces. The conflict between protecting or using a body and being as a thetan able to withstand large forces gets so mixed up in a pc he can wind up as a force-shy thetan! STANDARD PROCESSES Standard processes such as those in use for 18 years handle this when fitted into their levels. What the C/S has to realize is that he is (a) producing an optimum rate of change in the pc if he is C/Sing well and (b) changing the pc's position upward on the Chart of Human Evaluation. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 86  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=21/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 9 SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 9 SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS One of the reasons Scientology tended toward disuse in the late 1960's was not its workability. It was a growing cultural disinclination to do things thoroughly. "Fast, quick results" was interpreted as seconds or minutes. In old psychotherapy as practiced in the 19th Century it required ONE YEAR of weekly consultation to see if anything could be done about a case and FOUR MORE YEARS to produce a meager superficial result. Compared to that two or three hundred hours of processing was nothing. As we began to dominate this field in terms of persons handled and results obtained, psychiatry invented "instant psychiatry" by which no result was gotten in no time. SPEED became the primary consideration of the culture. Jet planes, fast cars "saved time". But an old Chinese, when told by a driver that he had saved 4 minutes in speeding back from town asked, "What are you going to do with the 4 minutes?" Time itself is a basis of aberration. Dropping time out is the consideration of factory managers of production lines as "the faster something can be made the more you have of it". But look at this again. Something can be done so fast it isn't done at all! The difference between a very fine camera and a cheap one is speed of manufacture. Cheap cameras don't get their parts carefully machined or matched -- they don't fit together -- they break, cease to work. A fine gun can be told by the lack of tool marks on the hidden places. A cheap gun's inner bolt is a mess of scars. It isn't smooth in operation. It didn't take much time to make but it also jams and freezes up when you try to use it. Maybe you've heard of "hotter than a 2 dollar pistol". A 2 dollar pistol is "hot" because it's so quickie made it usually blows up and blows off a hand. There is a point where SPEED is simply a cover for a cheap worthless product. Let us take a filthy room. A lazy housekeeper comes in and sweeps a few bits of dust under the carpet, leaves soot all over the windows and garbage on the mantle and says it's clean. Somebody else not afraid of work spends an hour at it and leaves a really clean room. SHORT PGMS A short pc program is economically and efficiently for the birds. In the first place a C/S has to know the extent of his tech well to be able to think up light processes in quantity. If one heard a C/S say, "But I don't have time to spend an hour doing a long program for the pc," one is listening to something peculiar. If one spent an hour or two doing up a real long 20 action program to repair the pc, then for the next 20 C/Ses it takes only a few minutes to look over the session and order the next action on the list. If one had no program one would have to study the folder each time. One actually saves C/S time by doing long programs both to repair and to get the pc back on the Class Chart where he'd gotten to. 87 Further, auditing is sold by the hour and it WASTES money and income and pcs to short program them. "Yes but we sell result! If we can get 200 pcs done in 100 auditing minutes we would make #18,233 clear profit...." Well the cruel answer to that was when orgs began to do that on lower grades they didn't attain the result on the pc and stats went DOWN! Power was once priced against the fact of 50 to 100 hours of auditing. It retained the price and by cutting out all End Phenomena or real gain it was at last being given in 20 minutes. And after just so many years of this economic dishonesty, SHs crashed! They had sold out the real value of the product for a quick buck. The "field" became "ARC Broken" and few takers came to an SH. It is a very long hard road back. And it is a very costly one. "Quickie Grades", instead of making fortunes for one and all, crashed the whole Scientology network. BECAUSE QUICKIE RESULTS ARE LAZY AND DISHONEST. Let's just face up to the facts of life! Selling out the integrity of the subject for a buck wrecks the subject. SUCCESS The real stat of an org is Success Stories. Honest grades and time spent in C/Sing and in auditing to obtain them add up to success for the individual, the org, its field, the country and the planet. The time it takes to process somebody is how long it takes to get each single result available. It is not how slowly or quickly it is done. A book is not a good book if it takes 7 years to write. And a bad book isn't always written in 2 weeks. It takes as long to write a good book as you get a good book. The result is the result and TIME IS JUST AN ENTERED ARBITRARY. A person who overwhelms at Grade IV is an easily overwhelmed person. It might take 50 hours just to repair the case and the person's life. That might be 20 or 30 steps on the program. If the C/S can't dream up 8 or 9 ways to repair past auditing and 15 or 20 ways to repair a life, then it's time to go back and read The Original Thesis, Evolution of a Science, DMSMH, 8-80, 8-8008 and listen to a hundred or so SHSBC tapes. "Yes, but I have no time to _______ ." Well, that's also saying "It can't be done well." But there is time. If anyone looked over his area he would be able to throw out the time-wasting actions if it comes to that. "Look. I'm the C/S, the D of P and have to audit 3 _______ . That's a statement that the job has already been done so badly that no persons show up to take over the extra hats! And the no-result programs cripple the economics and that becomes no help. I have seen Mary Sue take over an HGC that had tons of unsolved cases and too few auditors and have watched her solve one case at a time and within 2 weeks have 35 auditors and no backlogs and in six weeks no unsolved cases! She was using the "old", "historical", "background", "we don't use them anymore" processes! 88 So it not only can be done, it is the thing to do. That org's stats soared. It became solvent. It ran at a high run and was a happy org. SICK PCs When there are sick people on a list one doesn't just "give a Dianetic Assist" and send to a doctor and write them off. If one knows his tech, there was a reason the person got sick. One also knows a sick person goes into overwhelm easily. One can do a touch assist, a contact assist, two-way comm, ruds on the accident, ruds before the accident, Dianetic Assist, medical treatment, life ruds, HCO B 24 July '69, two-way comm on suppression, 3 S & Ds, assessment for area of illness, prepcheck on area, ruds on area, hello and okay with the affected area, reach and withdraw from area, two-way comm, recall on persons similarly ill, location of the postulate that caused it with itsa earlier itsa, prepcheck on the body or its part, more HCO B 24 July '69, more ruds, assessment of failed purposes, two-way comm on the sickness. That's not a program. It's just a helter-skelter list of a lot of things to do. It would not greatly matter what order they were done in but lighter actions should be the earlier. And in a program auditing repair comes before life repair. EXPECTANCY Now if a C/S or an auditor has a magical complex, he expects ONE process to run a person from wog to OT VI and in ONE minute. The missing knowledge is "gradient scales". Stairs and ladders have steps and rungs. It takes TIME to climb a tower. The magical complex thinks of processes as incantations or charms. A person C/Sing would always be trying to find THE process the pc should be run on. The think is that THE process, once discovered, would take no time at all and the pc would magically become well! Pardon me, but that's pure goofiness. And it would set the C/S up for constant FAILURE. One sees such a person scrambling through processes, trying to guess "which one which one which one. Oh there's one! Now we run it for 3 minutes on the pc. Oh dear. It didn't work. He isn't well. Let's see what's here still. Scramble scramble. Oh, here's one. This green paper is probably the right color. Auditor! Run this on the pc. Oh dear, it didn't work. He isn't well yet. So! We will take these 5 major processes and run them all in one session and add six grades. Do that! Do it! It's a desperate situation. Oh dear, the pc blew. Well I guess the subject doesn't work or I'm a failure...." That is NOT how one should C/S. If a workman was supposed to cure an ox hide and was told salt would do it and he had a magical complex, what would he do. Well, he might take a small salt shaker and sprinkle the comer of the hide (thinking the right thought) and find that the hide rotted in a few days. He could then conclude salt didn't cure ox hides. If someone kept hammering at him to cure ox hides with salt and he kept sprinkling the corner (knowing it wouldn't work) he'd get a very odd idea about his orders! But who would suspect that this workman thought it was magic! An honest rubbing of salt all over and into the ox hide is the meaning of "salt will cure ox hides"! But that would take work. It would take TIME! It would have to be honestly and thoroughly done. But one would have cured ox hides and gotten shoes and a profit and pay and everything for one had a product. 89 Magical thought in auditing isn't likely to give anyone a product of really able people! SHORT-CUTTING PROCESSES Processes can be short-cut as well as programs. Take an early (means basic, useful, useable) version of Rising Scale. There are 18 pairs. Each pair should be run to F/N, Cog, VGIs. An auditor told to run Rising Scale can run along the 18 pairs until one F/Ns. And leave it. The process has been short-cut. And with that shortcut went its ability to restore fertility! So one hears Rising Scale will sometimes restore fertility or change eyesight. Orders it done. It is done to 1 F/N. No real result occurs. Or take Dianetics. Dianetics can be chopped "to save TIME". First feeble flutter of an F/N, no Cog, no VGIs, auditor barking "Did it erase? Did it erase?" Final result, no real gain. There goes the subject. Half an hour to run the chain, no extra 30 seconds for the real F/N, the Cog, the VGIs. SO ONE WASTES A RESULT FOR THE SAKE OF SAVED TIME. THE AGE It is a symptom of the age that there is no time. But in the Data Series PLs one finds that "omitted time" is a basic insanity. That a body lives only about 70 years puts an awful limit on Man. Man's Empires endure at most only about 300 years if that. 70 years is not enough time to make a real career and 300 years is not enough time to even groove in a civil service. Man pays for it with poor lives and rotten governments. But it doesn't take 70 years or 300 years to process a pc. A year maybe up to homo novis. A few years to OT. Even traveling it casually slow. 25 hours to repair someone's life and 50 to 100 hours to get him up to no somatics with Dianetics is pretty satisfactorily fast. What's this take? A week to repair. 2 to 4 weeks for full Dianetics. At 25 hours a week. That's very little. And it's enough to tell him to get trained so he can have all he wants. SPEED LIABILITY When speed is the consideration, not results, you get a very cheap camera or car. And you can expect it to fall apart very soon. You also get a cheap reputation. We are in the Leica and Cadillac and Rolls Royce product class without trying. Why settle for "Quickie Grades"? You get no students that way and that's the heavy org income. You get no expanding field. And you won't ever get a cleared planet. 90 We've learned all this the hard way. So let's not let it go unheeded. The place to handle the situation is with C/Sing. And to gain the co-operation of C/Ses to make results real results by insisting that speed is the fast road to poverty in the long run. If the C/S burden is too heavy, start pushing training. Then you'll get help. Honest C/Sing gives an honest result. It takes as long to correct a case as it takes. It takes as long to make a person well as it takes. It takes as long to get a real lasting grade result as it takes. And that's a lot longer than the time spent on it in the late 60's. ALL pcs "have to be OT tomorrow". Why let them C/S their case by demanding it only take 2 minutes? Self C/Sing is no more effective than self auditing. Registrars as well as pcs try to grab the C/S hat. "I will sell you a marital intensive because you have such a bad cold." And Execs, "Run this staff member on money...." Well, a C/S's hat is the C/S's. And he should wear it for honest results. And damn others trying to C/S and wreck his job. THERE ARE NO CONSIDERATIONS WHICH FORGIVE ANY RESULT THAT IS NOT THOROUGH AND HONEST FOR EVERY PROGRAM OR GRADE. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dz.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 91  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=24/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 10 REPAIRING A REPAIR   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 10 REPAIRING A REPAIR When a pc is on a Repair cycle it is quite horrible to have a bad (goofed) session occur. Why? Well the pc is on a Repair cycle because he is overwhelmable. A goofed session is more overwhelm. AND it was goofed on a process type which was already what you would use for Repair. So NOW what do you do? The answer of course is to sort out the real error. If you can't find it readily in the worksheet have the Examiner ask the pc what the auditor did. Then having found the actual goof, you have it repaired by rehab of the BP F/N or an L1B using "Method 3" in assessing the prepared list. The goofs are fortunately few in type. There HAS to have been a basic goof for a Repair session to have gone wrong. So when one goes wrong, you really search the worksheet until you find it and if it isn't visible get the pc asked. These goofs are pretty elementary. The auditor possibly doesn't know that a TA can go DOWN by overwhelming by overrun or way up by overrun. So a usual goof in Repair is overrun of an F/N or an item that F/Ned or a list that F/Ned. Example: In a Repair Pgm a GF is called for. Auditor clears a couple items, suddenly hits a hot one, pc gets F/N, Cog, VGIs. Auditor (told to get all the charge off the GF overlooks senior data -- let pc have a win, GFs often raise hob with the TA if run further than THE item) goes on down the GF list past the F/N VGIs hunting for new charge. Pc's TA goes to 1.6! Pc cogs he has a stuck picture. TA 1.6. "End of sess." Now what do we do. Well, a new factor now enters in. C/S WANDER The pc was on a precise Repair Pgm, is only at VI out of XVIII steps. But the pc is rough. Rough running. Diverges, critical, boggy. And now he is stuck into a goofed session and we have to repair a repair! A C/S at this point can wander. He can Q and A. The WHOLE REPAIR PGM CAN GET DEPARTED FROM AND THE PC REALLY BOGGED. When faced with Repairing a Repair Pgm session watch it! Don't wander! The C/S procedure is this: 1. Find in the W/S or from the pc the exact goof. 2. Repair that goof by rehab, indicating BPC or two way comm, depending on the error. 3. DO NOT ORDER A NEW DIFFERENT NON-PGM ACTION. 4. Continue the PGM. 92 It is here a C/S can go adrift. New actions crossing the original program can soon have C/S, pc and Auditor chasing over hill and dale. It is a fatal pursuit. About the only time you change a Repair Pgm once outlined is to extend it or lighten it. But in that case do a whole new Pgm. You will find 2 way comm is lighter than a Prepcheck. Let us say pc was doing great on 2 way comm. Gets into a Prepcheck session and goes out the bottom. In such a case the Prepcheck is repaired of any goof noted in it and 2 way comm that session -- and it comes out all right. If no goof can be located, 2 way comm it and it will be okay. An Auditor can throw a list not ordered into a Repair Pgm by finding the TA high at session start and doing an O/R list and goofing the list. It would already be dicey to list a pc who is on a Repair Pgm. To then goof ordinary laws of listing and nulling can get grim. The first C/S action to repair the repair is of course to get the list corrected with an L4A. You can often spot the listing goof as a C/S. It's usually an O/R of an O/R list or an incomplete list or an "unnecessary list". It's poison to list a pc on a Repair Pgm, however. 2 way comm it. If a check for Exteriorization reveals it, you have no choice but to do an Interiorization Rundown. That's a common reason. But if the pc is already flinching at engrams, limit the Interiorization to 3 way Recall and note it clearly that he's only 3 way Recall of Int. AUDITOR FLUBS Student or new Auditors produce the most flubs. It is therefore good to keep them off repair actions or Repair Pgms. The commonest flubs are failing to trim the meter and ignoring the F/N at "3.1", yet sitting right there running the pc up to 4.0 without ever asking, "Have we by-passed a release point?" Poor TRs, not having 2 way comm down, neglecting pc origin or chopping comm are probably next in order of frequency. REPAIR PCs Remember that pcs who need lots of repair are DELICATE cases. Feather touch is the watchword. They are not all that easy to audit. They can cause Auditors and C/Ses to disperse. Such pcs are afraid of force and easily get engulfed if pushed hard into the bank. So lightly, lightly. And exact repair of any flub. And get back to the program! Mid program is no time to become inventive. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 93  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=25/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S SERIES 11   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970 Remimeo C/S SERIES 11 The following HCO Bs have been combined in this issue: HCO B 31 Aug '68 "Written C/S Instructions" HCO B 1 Sept '68 "Points on Case Supervision" HCO B 11 Sept '68 "Case Supervisor Data" HCO B 17 Sept '68 "Gross Case Supervision Errors" HCO B 17 Sept '68 "Out Admin -- Liability" HCO B 22 Sept '68 "Auditors must always ....... " HCO B 8 Oct '68 "Case Supervisor -- Folder Handling" HCO B 15 Mar '70 "Double Folder Danger" HCO B 29 Mar '70 "Auditing and Ethics" and reference to LRH ED 101 Int "Popular Names of Developments". C/S DATA Case Supervision instructions are always written. A Case Supervisor always writes his C/S instructions on a separate sheet of paper for the pc folder. Repair Programs (now called Progress Programs) are on red sheets. Return Programs (now called Advance Programs) are on bright blue sheets. All C/Ses are written in duplicate (a carbon copy is made). The C/S keeps the carbon copy for reference in case the original ever gets lost. HIGH CRIME It is a High Crime for a Case Supervisor not to WRITE in a preclear's folder what the case supervised instructions are and a High Crime for an auditor to accept verbal C/S instructions. To commit this crime causes: 1. Extreme difficulty when doing a folder error summary as there is no background of what was ordered and why. 2. Gives the auditor leave to do anything he likes as not in writing. 3. Is open to misduplication and can cause squirrel processes to be run and so mess up a preclear with Non-standard Tech. Any C/Supervisor found guilty of this from this date is to be removed as this could only be considered a deliberate attempt to mess up preclears. POINTS ON CASE SUPERVISION 1. Check your orders to find out if auditor did them. 94 2. Check to see if commands correct and if pc's reaction was expected reaction for those commands. 3. Check any list and find out if there was mislisting. 4. Advise against a background of Standard Tech. 5. Order any errors corrected or get the case on further up the grades. 6. Beware of over-correction. 7. Beware of false, pessimistic or overenthusiastic auditor reports. They are detected by whether the case responded to usual actions as they all do. 8. Beware of talking to the auditor or the pc. 9. Have implicit confidence in Standard Tech. If it is reported not working the auditor's report is false or the application terrible but not reported. 10. Above all else hold a standard and NEVER listen to or use unusual solutions. DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER When a preOT has a Solo and an Auditing folder, both, there is a great danger if the Case Supervisor does not look at BOTH before C/Sing. There has been an instance of a preOT running strange C/Ses on himself. Another ran C/Ses out of other folders on himself. In both cases the consequences were hard to repair when finally found. In another case in the Solo folder the preOT had gone exterior with full perception. But the Non-Solo Auditing folder was being C/Sed. The TA shot up for 2 months without any C/S except myself calling for all folders. PreOTs unfortunately run on a Solo folder and an audited folder. Unless both are to hand when C/Sing wild errors can be made by the C/S. There is also the case of a person having two audited folders, being C/Sed at the same time. This is an Admin error. The firm rule is C/S ONLY WITH ALL FOLDERS TO HAND. The embarrassing situation where one can't get a folder from another org or field auditor or where the old folder is lost has to be made up for somehow. It mustn't halt auditing totally. CASE SUPERVISOR -- FOLDER HANDLING Analyzing Folders Go back in the folder to the session where the preclear was running well and come forward from it doing a folder error summary. Reviewing Folders In reviewing a folder, the first thing to do is to look at the C/S to see if it was done. Use the Summary Sheet to get the Auditor's attitude and pc mannerism changes. Use the Auditor's Report Form to get the time of processes. 95 Read and take all your data from Worksheets and compare it to and see that C/S was complied with and ensure Standard Tech was applied. If you can't read the reports, send it back to have the Auditor over- print illegible words. Never try to case supervise (C/S) an illegible worksheet as you'll only run into headaches. The After Session Examiner's Report gives you the first clue of how suspicious you should be in examining the folder and whether or not auditing reports contain falsities. Standard Tech You're never led by anything into departing from Standard Tech. The only reason it doesn't work is that it hasn't been applied. The main question of a Case Supervisor is: WAS IT APPLIED? If you follow this exactly, you'll never miss. CASE SUPERVISOR DATA A Case Supervisor should watch for Ethics record of pcs who have been C/Sed. If they fall on their head, get into low conditions, the folder should be reviewed. Most probably the auditor did not do what was ordered and, if folder looks okay, chances are the auditing report is false as something is wrong or pc would not be in trouble. AUDITING AND ETHICS Cases undergoing Ethics actions, Comm Evs, amends projects or low conditions should not be audited until the Ethics matter is cleared up and complete. It only louses up their cases to audit them when under such stress. ADMIN Auditors must always put the pc's grade or OT level very prominently on the Auditing Report. A Case Supervisor cannot properly C/S a case without having this data. To not do this is out admin. OUT ADMIN -- LIABILITY Much has been said about the importance of admin in auditing but auditors just aren't getting it -- so ... it now becomes a LIABILITY to have out admin in pcs' folders. Folders are to be submitted with the latest session on top. Auditor's report form is stapled to Worksheets which are dated, numbered and in order, latest on top. Summary Report is then attached to the auditing report and W/Ss with a paper clip. This of course is as well as the usual admin such as legible writing, re-writing illegible words, marking reads and F/Ns, and all End Phenomena, etc. The C/S instructions for that session go under that session, so you get C/S 4/6/68, 96 Auditing Session 4/6/68, C/S 5/6/68, Auditing Session 5/6/68, C/S 7/6/68, etc, etc. As the whole purpose of Class VIII is to minimize the time in auditing, by doing perfect Standard Tech, this cannot be done if it takes 15 minutes to put the folder in order, so it can then be case supervised, so it can then be audited. GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERRORS 1. FAILING TO USE PROGRESS AND ADVANCE PROGRAMS WHEN NEEDED. 2. Ordering unnecessary repairs. 3. Trying to use repair processes to get case gain instead of getting the pc onto the next grade. 4. Not writing down C/S instructions, but giving them to an auditor verbally. 5. Talking to the auditor re the case. 6. Talking to pc re his case. 7. Failing to send pc to examiner if you're unsure why his folder has been sent up for C/S. 8. Being reasonable. 9. Not having enough Ethics presence to get his orders followed. 10. Issuing involved repair orders. 11. BIGGEST GROSS CASE SUPERVISION ERROR for C/S is not to read through the pc folder. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 97  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=25/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 12 GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970 Issue II Remimeo C/S Series 12 GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS RECOVERY PROGRAM: The pack of LRH EDs 100 Int 10 May '70 Lower Grades Upgraded 102 Int 20 May '70 The Ideal Org 103 Int 21 May '70 Fast Flow Grades Cancelled 104 Int 2 Jun '70 Auditing Sales and Delivery Pgm No. 1 106 Int 3 Jun '70 What Was Wrong 107 Int 3 Jun '70 Orders to Divisions for Immediate Compliance 10 SH 6 Jun '70 SH Pcs 108 Int 11 Jun '70 Auditing Mystery Solved 101 Int 21 Jun '70 Popular Names of Developments comprising the program to recover full use and results of EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. PROGRESS PROGRAM: What is called a "Repair Program" on the first issue of the C/S Series HCOB just being issued is re-named a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It has been found that case gain which has not been earlier achieved can be consolidated by a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It takes 25 hours, can be done by a Class I or above as long as it is C/Sed by an VIII who has starrated on the new C/S Series. This is quite a technical development in itself. It is the answer to a pc who had "Quickie Grades" and didn't actually reach full abilities in earlier Scientology auditing. It is followed by an Advance Program which follows below. ADVANCE PROGRAM: This is what was called a "Return Program" in the C/S Series. The name is being changed from "Return" to "Advance" as more appropriate. It gets the pc really up to where he should be. It may take 50 hours or more. EXPANDED LOWER GRADES: Pcs won't like being told they "have to have their lower grades rerun". Actually that's not a factual statement anyway. The lower grades harmonic into the OT Levels. They can be run again with full 1950-1960 to 1970 processes as given on the SH Courses all through the 1960s. These are now regrouped and sorted out and are called EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. Only this route will now be sold. There are no Dianetic or Scientology single-triple or "Quickie Lower Grades" any more. DIANETIC CLEAR: There is such a state. It is not however attained by feeding people Scientology cognitions as was done in L.A. Only about 2% go actually Clear on Dianetics. A Dianetic Clear or any other Dianetic pc now goes on up through the grades of Scientology and onto the proper Clearing Course. The Dianetic Clear of Book I was clear of somatics. The Book I definition is correct. This is the End Phenomena of Dianetics as per the Class Chart and Book I. 2%, no more, make Dianetic Clear 98 accidentally. They still need Expanded Lower Grades, to make Scientology Clear. Becoming a Dianetic Clear does not stop them from getting Power Processing. Modern Power is to its total End Phenomena. CLASSIFICATION CHART: This chart "Classification and Gradation Chart" has been reissued many times. All issues are more or less valid. To save print, the processes run column appears in "Processes Taught" on the Auditor side of the Chart. All these processes and more are used in Expanded Lower Grades. The chart is Valid. QUICKIE GRADES: Persons were too demanding to be done quickly. On many cases these grades as given were valid but a large number of cases needed Expanded Lower Grades. 20 minutes from Grade 0 to IV and 5 minutes Power was far more than many could stand up to. These need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM. This is true of persons at Va or R6EW or on CC or OT Levels. All these who haven't fully made it need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM "to pick up all the latent gain they missed". DIANETIC PCS: Dianetic pcs should be audited on Dianetics until no somatics, then go up through Expanded Lower Grades to Power, R6EW, Clearing Course and OT Levels. TRAINING: Any pc who has trouble needs training and the amount of time required in Expanded Lower Grades and so on makes it cheaper to be trained. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 99  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=30/6/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=6/3/73 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 13R VIII ACTIONS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1970R (Revised 6 March 73. Changes on following three pages in this type style.) Remimeo C/S Series 13R VIII ACTIONS (GF 40, IV Rundown, VIII Case Supervision.) Inevitably, when any new approach or process is released, some will instantly assume that all "older" (actually more basic) data has been cancelled. There is no statement to that effect. It is not guessed that this will be assumed and so we could lose an entire subject. We did in fact lose Dianetics for a decade and all but lost Scientology in the following ten years. A subject can be reorganized and made more workable. That was done in 1969 for Dianetics. BUT IT HAD NEVER BEEN UNWORKABLE! The 1969 Dianetics Reorganization refined the 1962-63 discoveries of R-3- R. A better communication was made to the user and the preclear. Amazingly, the reissue of Dianetics as Standard Dianetics caused about a dozen people (even in high places unfortunately) to at once assume that Dianetics wiped out any need for Power, Scientology Clearing or anything else! Even an unauthorized Policy Letter (not signed by me) and an HCO B (also not signed by me) gave this impression. They were of course cancelled the instant they were discovered to have been sent out. This idea that the "old" is always cancelled by anything "new" has its root in the idea that a later order cancels earlier orders, which is true. But orders are one thing and Tech basics another. What if, in the science of physics, a book by Professor Glumph came out, omitting the three laws of motion and gravity. It is assumed then that Newton's laws are no longer valid. Because they are old. (Newton lived between 1642 and 1727.) So some young student engineer is baffled because bridges have weight and can't work out gravity or motion! And he and his fellows begin to build without knowing these laws and there goes the whole of engineering and the culture itself! This is no fantasy. As a college student in upper math I was utterly baffled by "calculus". I couldn't find out what it was for. Then I discovered it had been developed by Sir Isaac Newton, examined the basics and got the idea. My college text omitted all the basic explanations and even the authorship of the subject! Calculus today is really not enough used because it isn't understood. Anyway, here's the main surprise: Until 1970 the whole of Scientology was never in use in processing! Students had ridden along with the research line up into the OT sections, discarding the ladder behind them. For nearly 3 years an increasing proportion of preclears were not actually making it. The gradient to get them onto the bridge had been neglected as "old" when in fact they were not "old" but BASIC. The amazement of auditors (and their delight) when the HCO B on Auditor's Rights (C/S Series 1) was released indicated that they had become "process oriented" with all the WHY gone. 100 VIII AUDITING The 1968 VIII Standardization aimed actually at good TRs, auditing presence, and basics in auditor performance. VIII auditing was developed to handle the OT band. It is entirely valid. Its only omission was detailed actions now developed as to how to handle a pc or Pre OT who had been pulled up the line and had fallen on his head. Out Grades was spotted and discussed in detail in VIII auditing. Giving lower grades fast was the only error. It was not realized in 1968 that End Phenomena of lower grades was not being required. The re-release of the entire band of Academy and Saint Hill materials in 1970 is a re-emphasis on the validity and necessity of using it ALL on pcs! And in understanding the mind and life! And all this is quite welcome and very successful. Not noticed is that this whole band was never before presented for full use on all pcs. As I say, 1950-1969 auditors had been riding with the "newest and latest" because it was "popular". Only a few wise old-timers continued to use the most basic actions. But just as VIII auditing was an unauthorized signal to suppress all that had been known before, so now, with the full release for use of Expanded Lower Grades, a few began to say that VIII auditing was now "old"! One assumes then that some like to be able to say that something is now "old". Has a superior sort of ring to it, I guess. Anyway we'd better disregard this tendency to retire basics. It is more amusing than otherwise. So let's get on with the job. RESISTIVE CASES The RESISTIVE CASE rundown is an VIII development TO HANDLE THOSE WHO CANNOT MAKE THE GRADES. It was put into the Green Form as GF 40 so as to preserve it. To it could now be added "Overwhelmed". This would indicate need of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance) Programs. But many other indicators exist already. So when do you use a GF 40? Let us say the pc has been run on Grade Zero. And at the Examiner cannot or does not attest. One would first look for simple auditing errors in recent sessions. These would get reviewed and corrected. One would then look for lower actions than Grade Zero that had been missed. If it still seemed hard to figure out, one would use a GF 40, Resistive Cases. In essence, if one adds "Overwhelm" to the GF 40 list you have on it all the reasons a pc won't advance IF he has been run on all processes up to that point. Overwhelm would indicate need of a Repair and Return. Grade I, Problems, is the usual ordinary reason for no case advance. Problems shows up as an out-rud in GF 40 and is simply put in as a rud not as a grade. But if a Grade II or above has a Problem??? That means Grade I is out. 101 GF 40 remains even more plainly as a "When all else fails". It is used that way. When a pc doesn't attest, and all has been done for him otherwise, you use a GF 40. This was its proper use in the first place. All such materials except Rapid or Quickie Grades are valid. And (joke) these remarks on GF 40 Resistive Cases do not wipe out "Repair and Return Programs". IV RUNDOWN The so-called IV Rundown as taught on the VIII Course is of course quite valid. Originally developed to catch cases that had somehow gotten up to OT III and were falling on their heads, it is a collection of actions. It salvaged many cases. The missing datum was that in recent times these cases were falsely reported to have had their lower grades. THEY, the cases themselves, said they had "had lower grades". This made a mystery. The fact is, with multiple declare (declaring 0 to IV to the Examiner all at one time mostly without any mention of End Phenomena of the grade) these cases were OUT GRADE in the extreme. The IV Rundown was an effort to catch it all up to make a real OT. "Out Grades" didn't read as it didn't mean anything to the pc and besides "they'd all been rehabbed a dozen times anyway". But nobody mentioned never having attained any End Phenomena and the Class Chart was never really gotten IN IN IN in the first place. You will find many pcs have had various parts of the "IV Rundown" run earlier. For a while it was the fashion to use the IV Rundown or a part of it on any balky case at any level. At OT IV (which was an audited step and none of it really confidential) the C/S simply ordered run whatever was left of it not already run. Somewhere on the case all of the IV Rundown still should be run. But of course that would now be on a Return (Advance) Program and well up the line. If Repair-Return doesn't get a grade made this is the time to do a IV Rundown. On (3) Valence Shifter -- LX1, LX2, LX3 lists can be done in triple, recall, secondary, engram. Earlier Practices, Former Therapy can also be triple, recall, secondary, engram. This is on Page 28 (not 23) of the original VIII Case Supervisor Manual and part of it is also now GF 40. If a case really needs this he won't be making a lower grade really so the GF 40 or its slightly wider OT IV Rundown can be used. To both, "Overwhelmed by auditing" should be added in any future issue to indicate a needed repair action. CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS HCO B 10 Dec 1968, "Case Supervisor Actions" Confidential, VIIIs only, is still valid. It remains Confidential as it mentions some OT phenomena that would spin a Grade Va. However, some VIII C/S is going to be told that "Expanded Lower Grades changes all that". It doesn't. 102 Listen: In the next to last paragraph of the cover page of this manual (HCO B 10 Dec 68) it says: "Standard Grades are not part of this set-up AS IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE AUDITOR KNOWS THESE. Directions to do Standard Grades are written on a blank sheet." (I have added the block letters for emphasis here.) At the time this was written I had not discovered that Lower Grades were gone out of use and I let be published Triple Grades which seemed to condense all lower grades. The Major Process or Major Grade Process is definitely not enough to make a pc make a lower grade. I am sorry I gave any support at all to such an idea by not examining the whole scene when it began to show up. I did find it and did correct it however when auditing statistics over the world showed the fault. (28 hours was the total weekly delivery of orgs!!) If you add the dozens and dozens of Lower Grade Processes as given in Expanded Lower Grades to the VIII C/S HCO B of 10 Dec 68 and included this C/S Series and its new development of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance) programs you would have the whole package of C/Sing. So the VIII actions are all valid. Auditor classes below VIII have this C/S Series. The AO C/S Course adds in the VIII actions as well. Any C/S who does not know well The Original Thesis, Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science, Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, Scientology 8-80 and Scientology 8-8008 will go badly astray. It is vital to know these books and others in this area, to know what one is trying to handle. Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid and vital to Lower Grade auditing and C/Sing. I trust this gives the C/S some idea of what is still "in". It all is. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:dz.nt.rd Copyright $c 1970, 1973 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 103  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=3/7/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 14 C/Sing 2 WAY COMM   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1970 Remimeo C/S Series 14 C/Sing 2 WAY COMM The C/S is liable to make most of his C/S errors in C/Sing 2 Way Comm. The reasons for this are 1. 2 way comm IS auditing. 2. The errors that can be made in any auditing can be made in 2 way comm. 3. Untrained or poorly trained auditors do not always respect 2 way comm as auditing. 4. Errors in 2 way comm become masked since the procedure is loose. 5. Earlier C/Ses on the case may have missed the easily missed 2 way comm errors. RULES OF C/Sing 2 WAY COMM A. The C/S must recognize that 2 way comm is auditing. Therefore it follows all the rules of auditing. B. Any error that occurs in other auditing can occur in 2 way comm auditing. Errors in a 2 way comm session must be carefully looked for as they easily can be masked in the worksheet. C. Auditors must be persuaded by the C/S to make notation of auditing essentials in 2 way comm as of senior importance to pc's text (which is also made note of in the W/S). D. The questions asked in 2 way comm can be very incorrect just as rote processes can be. E. An auditor must be trained as a 2 way comm auditor (Class II). Otherwise he will Evaluate, Q and A and commit other faults. F. If an ARC Break occurs early in a 2 way comm session and is not handled as such the rest of the session is audited over an ARC Break and can put a pc into a sad effect. G. A pc with a PT problem not being handled in the 2 way comm will get no gain. H. A pc with a W/H in a 2 way comm session will become critical, nattery and/or get a dirty needle. I. Two way comm processes must be flattened to F/N. If an F/N doesn't occur then the subject didn't read in the first place or the auditor Qed and Aed or evaluated or changed the subject or the TRs were out or the pc's ruds were out. J. A two way comm subject chosen must be tested for read in that session before being used for 2 way comm. 104 K. Improper 2 way comm questions can plunge the pc into an out rud situation not then handled. "Is anything upsetting you?" or any mention of upsets by the auditor is the same as ashing for an ARC Break. "Has anything been troubling-worrying you lately?" is the same as asking for a PTP. "Who aren't you talking to?" is asking for W/Hs. L. The subject of major processes should be kept out of 2 way comm C/Ses, auditors' questions and 2 way comm assessment lists (ARC Brks, Problems, overts, changes or any major auditing subject, as they are too heavy, being the buttons of the bank). M. The C/S should only let Class II or above auditors do 2 way comm sessions. N. A rud going out in a two way comm session must be put in by the auditor. O. A 2 way comm session should end in an F/N. P. Auditors whose 2 way comm sessions do not end in F/N must be taught to check the subject for read before using, not to Q and A, not to Evaluate and given a refresher on 2 way comm tapes and HCO Bs. Q. In a 2 way comm session that flubs the C/S must be careful to isolate the errors just as in any other auditing session that flubs and put them right. R. A 2 way comm subject that reads on test and doesn't F/N on 2 way comm must be checked for O/R (if TA went up) and rehabbed by the 1965 Rehab method, or Prepchecked or just continued. The whole point to all of this is that a 2 way comm session IS auditing. It is delivered by the auditor, C/Sed and remedied like any other session. Also it is usually being run on a delicate pc who is more affected by errors than pcs being given other processes. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [This HCO B is amended by BTB 10 July 1970, 2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action, which is based on LRH C/Ses. It says, "Rules E and M are changed from 'Class II' to 'Class III'."] 105  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=14/7/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  SOLO CANS   Remimeo SHs AOs R6EW, CC and Ad Cse Students E-Meter Literature  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JULY 1970 SHs AOs R6EW, CC and Ad Cse Students E-Meter Literature SOLO CANS I have worked out more ideal Solo electrodes for the E-Meter -- "cans". The basic trouble with a single-hand electrode is that it gives a falsely higher TA which can be very alarming. The Tone Arm range on the Meter should be between 2.0 and 3.0 for a floating needle to be valid. This is when two regulation electrodes (steel soup cans) are employed. When you use only one electrode, holding it in the left hand if you are right-handed, the TA can read as high as 4.0 when it is actually 3.0. Also a TA at 1.7 can read as 2.5! Single-hand electrodes are almost as old as the modern meter. An aluminum tea ball with an insulator between the screw threads served in the earliest models, an electrode leading to each half. Two stainless steel pipe sections about an inch in diameter, separated in the middle by a rubber ring, with an electrode to each end was a single-hand electrode version which came down to modern times. There were no further developments of any lasting value on this problem of single-hand electrodes until a few months ago. The problem in Solo Auditing is of course that if you held electrodes in both hands you couldn't write or work the meter at the same time. BUT a single- hand electrode gives the wrong TA even if it does give the right needle reads (which it does). To get the right TA then one must unplug the single-hand electrode and plug in the two-hand electrode. In this operation the TA can change and the wires get tangled. This commotion is of course distracting. What I worked out was a two-can electrode that became a single-hand electrode at once. You take 2 small juice or vegetable steel cans with their tops neatly removed. They must be the paper label, not the painted kind of course. The size required is 2 1/8 inches diameter at the rim (that is about 54 millimeters). The length is 3 3/4 inches (which is about 95 millimeters). You then take a piece of soft sponge or foam rubber about 3/8 inches thick (about 10 mm). You cut a circular piece of sponge rubber about 2 3/8 inches (about 60 mm). It is just slightly larger than the can diameter. You glue this sponge or foam rubber circle to the closed end of one can but not to the other. Snap the electrode wires into the open ends of the cans. You now have to all requirements a two-can electrode setup, with the difference that one can's base has a rubber pad on it. Holding these one in each hand gives you the 2- can more correct TA read. 106 By putting the closed base of one can against the rubber pad on the other can, taking them in one hand (two fingers on each can as you hold them) you have a single-hand electrode. In an instant you can take them in two hands and get the correct TA (adjusting the Tone Arm with a knuckle or finger tip). Taking them back in one hand and resetting the TA you again have your single-hand read. In using this system you should change your notation to an indication of whether it is a one-hand or two-can read (to save your Case Supervisor from heart failure). The new notation is as follows: 3.75 (1) 2.9 (2). It doesn't mean you always use both reads. You add the brackets and a 2 or 1 to show whether it's a double or single (2) or (1) read. At session start and at end you always give both, i.e. 3.5 (1) 2.5 (2). And at the end you give a trim check like 1.9 = 2.0 (done by unplugging the electrodes from the meter for an instant and putting the needle at set and reading what the TA is). It should be 2.0 but often has drifted to 1.9 or 2.1. That verifies all reads. STANDARD ELECTRODES A standard can is about 2 3/4 inches (69 mm) diameter by about 4 1/2 or 5 inches (114 mm or 127 mm)long. Steel soup or vegetable cans, unpainted, tops cleanly removed, label and glue washed off, tin plated or not, have been standard for many years. It is with these that calibration has been done. It is amusing that I had to work hard on electrodes to get the first meters to work at all. Everything got tried. Steel rods, aluminum (aluminum) tea balls, metal pads, metal straps, you name it. The only one that works consistently is the good old common kitchen variety soup can. It's amusing to see efforts to "improve our electrodes". Other versions have all been tried and failed and every few years we have to have a soup can revival campaign to get people back to standard reads. The smaller juice can as described for the single-hand electrode does not give the exact read as the standard cans when used as a two-can electrode. So the smaller can shouldn't be used by Examiners. You can check the difference if you like between these two can sizes. But the standard cans are too big as a one-hand to be held comfortably in most people's left hand. The difference is not great enough to worry anyone in normal auditing. SMALL HANDS People with small hands or children can't cope at all with a standard can. The size given for the single-hand (2 1/8" x 3 3/4") is more suitable for them. For very little children, two Kodak 35 mm unpainted cassette cans from any photo shop will serve admirably. These two 35 mm cassettes fixed with a rubber pad on the bottom of one as described for the single-hand electrode above will serve a child as a one-hand electrode. SHORTING The whole trick in preparing two separate cans to be held as a single- hand is to make sure that when you put the bottoms together they don't short. They can cause a "rock slam" or a sudden fall if the metal of the cans touch. Thus the glued-on rubber pad must be a bit bigger than the can diameter and thick enough so it doesn't press through. 107 Old setups were bolted together and couldn't be separated easily for two- can reads. These two cans are loose from each other. A drawing of the setup done by Richard Gorman is illustrative. Important note: The smaller cans can give a falsely low TA read being small. If you get such a read, have two large standard cans handy to snap onto the leads and check. Will save heart failure at seeing 1.7 for two-can read! L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 108 [GRAPHICS INSERTED Page 109]  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=15/7/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  UNRESOLVED PAINS   Remimeo Dianetic Auditor Dianetic Checksheets  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1970 Remimeo (Corrected and Reissued 25 Nov 1970) Dianetic Auditor Dianetic Checksheets UNRESOLVED PAINS It occasionally happens that a pc's certain pain does not resolve on Dianetics. There are two reasons for this: 1. NOT ENOUGH AUDITING ON ENOUGH CHAINS. Sooner or later the exact small piece of an engram "already run" shows up on another chain later. Example: Pain in an area of an operation occurs now and then again weeks, months or years after the operation has been run out as an engram. Sooner or later just on general auditing the missing bit of the operation shows up, blows. Voila! Pain gone forever. This is peculiar especially to abdominal operations like an appendectomy. The operation was run out. The scar stays puffy. The pc is occasionally ill from it. Pc's conclusion is that Dianetics hasn't worked on it. More auditing on other somatics (just general Dianetics) is given. One day the remaining bit of the operation, hidden from view, apparently erased, shows up, blows. Pc now fine. A reason for this is "overburden" in that the incident was too charged in one place to be confronted. As the whole case is unburdened, confront comes up. The piece that was missing (and giving the pain) blows. There is no way of forcing it. In fact it would be fatal to try. The other reason for it is that the missing bit causing the pain is a different somatic like "a Chest Compression". This bit of the operation had another basic than the one run. The answer to a persistent or recurring somatic in an injured area is always more Dianetic Auditing of the standard type, just addressed to the bank not the special somatic. Just keep doing the usual and one day it all straightens out. 2. SYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM PAINS. There are two sides to the body. As you learn in touch assists, if the right hand is injured you include also the left hand. Body nerves conduct pain. The two sides of the body interlock. Pain gets stopped in the nerves. If the right elbow is hurt the LEFT elbow will have echoed the pain. Example, you find a pc with a pain in the left elbow. You try to audit a left elbow chain. It doesn't fully resolve. If you ran injuries to the RIGHT elbow, suddenly there's a somatic going through the left elbow! It gets well. 110 This is the sympathetic nervous system. The right ear, injured, also gets echoes with a somatic in the left ear. You audit the right ear only. Pc comes up with a sore left ear! You can actually direct a pc's attention to it (non-standard but a research technique) and he can find where the uninjured ear echoed the injured ear. Where you can't fully repair a crippled left leg, don't be surprised to find it was the right leg that was hurt. You audit the left leg somatic in vain. If you do, start auditing somatics in the OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE BODY. TOOTHACHE The mystery of toothache is resolved in both 1 and 2 above, especially 2. The pain is concentrated on the left upper molar. You audit it in vain. Toothache persists. Look at the pc's mouth. Has the RIGHT upper molar ever been pulled or injured? Yes. That's how the left molar began to decay. The right upper molar was pulled. The pain (especially under the painkiller on the right side only) backed up and stopped on the opposite side. Eventually the left upper molar, under that stress, a year or ten later, caves in and aches. Mysterious as it wasn't injured. Mysterious as the opposite molar is long gone, doesn't hurt anymore. When a toothache does not resolve in auditing, audit the opposite tooth on the other side. You can actually do it by count of teeth. It's sort of auditing a no-somatic. Pc in misery with right upper molar. No pain on left side. Audit an injury he had on the left side (it will read on the meter also). Voila! The toothache that wouldn't go away eases up! The fellow who has the exact opposite teeth pulled (upper right wisdom, upper left wisdom) is in for it as there is a constant cross-play. Makes the mouth odd and pressury. Both sides are reacting to the other side! Dentists often note the strange pressure, "bursting feelings", a patient has when a tooth "needs pulling". This is the stress in the nerves from an injury which occurred on the opposite side! An auditor can audit a right side tooth in vain unless he knows enough to audit THE OTHER SIDE. For a pc with a toothache, on the right side, you can list for feelings on the left side of the mouth and get "numbness", "no feeling", etc. Audit that list and suddenly magically the toothache on the opposite side not being audited eases up. As toothaches sometimes give a Dianetic auditor a failure, he should know about the sympathetic factor as above. The failure becomes a success. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.kjm.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 111  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=16/7/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE PSYCHIATRIST AT WORK   Remimeo BPI Dn Cse Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JULY 1970 Remimeo BPI Dn Cse Checksheet THE PSYCHIATRIST AT WORK Auditors are often fought by psychiatry. The auditor is often called upon to handle psychiatric abuses. Auditors should know some facts about psychiatry. PAIN ASSOCIATION As a technical action, it is of interest to any auditor to know that Pain and Ideas is a basic "therapy" used down the years by psychiatrists and such lot. The practice is very general and very old. The person is made to associate his "wrong ideas" with pain so that he "will not have these ideas", or will be "prevented from doing those things". A crude current example is to electric shock a person every time he smokes a cigarette. After several "treatments" he is supposed to associate the pain with the idea and so "give up smoking". Homosexual tendencies are also so "treated". In earlier times alcoholism was "cured" by putting poison in drinks so drinking would make the person violently ill so he would "stop it". Examples of this are all over the time track. The mechanism is "If you get this idea you will feel this pain" ZAP! Basically this is the action of an implanter. Current use of it will be encountered where psychiatry has been busy implanting. This is a pinnacle, an all, of psychiatric "treatment". Another version of it is drugs. Make the person too torpid (sluggish) to have any ideas. The motto of this is "too dead to act". Institutions are emptied by hooking psychotics and "community psychiatry" exists "to make them take their pills", in short, to keep them hooked. This started the current drug craze that spread into "illegal" drugs. The auditor will encounter this with growing frequency as the business of it is so big that one group spends 12 billion in advertising alone per year! This is the Rockefeller drug cartel. They also spend vast sums in lobbying parliaments. OBSESSION Most "got to's" or obsessions come from Pain Association or drug association. People in pain or drugged can become obsessed with doing the idea. What the psychiatrist does not care to publicize is that his "cures" are implantings with compulsive ideas. 112 The smoker so treated now MUST smoke but CAN'T smoke. These two things are opposed. That is known as frustration -- a form of insanity. Must reach can't reach, must withdraw can't withdraw is total basic insanity. Thus psychiatry is making insane people. This is why the insanity statistic is soaring and why the crime statistic is on a wild climb. The psychiatrist if he handled his field well and did really effective work would have a declining insanity and crime statistic. That the psychiatrist and his "technology" has been in charge during the whole period of these alarming statistics is ignored by governments. The psychiatrist argues that he needs more money and more practitioners. But he gets money by the billion. The state has to totally support them because the public will have nothing to do with them. Psychiatric care in a private hospital costs $30,000. $2,000 a month for board only is the price at Walnut Lodge in Washington DC, an average place. #60 a week is charged in England for a shabby room. "Care" is extra if it exists. Psychoanalysis costs #9,000 for a full and ineffective course, takes 5 years, 30% suicide in the first 3 months. Psychiatric treatment runs 5 times the total cost of every course, grade and action available in Scientology orgs. SKILL LEVEL Any HAS knows more and can do more about the mind than any psychiatrist. There is no real level of comparison since psychiatry as used is a destructive technology. Under a "drug treatment" engram you often find savage electric shocks of execution strength buried. It is doubtful if one could watch an electric shock "treatment" without vomiting. In "neurosurgery" the Ice Pick is used to rip and tear up people's brains. Holes are drilled in skulls and the brain sliced up. No evidence exists that this ever helped anyone but it makes incurable invalids. Illegal seizure of anyone and his torture is legal in most "civilized countries". MASTERS The psychiatrist has masters. His principal organization, World Federation of Mental Health, and its members, the National Associations of Mental Health, the "American" Psychiatric Association and the "American" Psychological Association are directly connected to Russia. Even the British Broadcasting Company has stated that psychiatry and the KGB (Russian Secret Police) operate in direct collusion. A member of the WFMH sits on every major "Advisory Council" of the U.S. government, to name one government. 113 Ministers of Health or Health Authorities are members of the National Association or the WFMH. The psychiatrist has masters. DOCUMENTATION All these statements are the subject of total documentation in the hands of Scientology. SUMMARY The auditor in auditing uncovers considerable data in former psychiatric cases. Further an auditor can put to rights a case so abused unless a fatal injury has been done. As psychiatry circulates rumors about auditors and attempts to discourage the use of Dianetics and Scientology, it is only fair for the auditor to know exactly the status of psychiatry and psychology as used today. It goes without saying that the savagery and fraud of psychiatry must cease and that auditors must encourage in state and public and through all their connections displacing psychiatric abuses with sane auditing. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 114  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 21 iDate=22/11/67 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=18/7/70 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OUT TECH   ALL STUDENTS ALL COURSES Student Hat Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1967 (Revised and Reissued 18 July 1970) Student Hat Remimeo ALL STUDENTS ALL COURSES OUT TECH If at any time a supervisor or other person in an org gives you interpretations of HCOBs, Policy Letters or tells you, "That's old. Read it but disregard it, that's just background data", or gives you a chit for following HCOBs or tapes or alters tech on you or personally cancels HCOBs or Policy Letters without being able to show you an HCOB or Policy Letter that cancels it, YOU MUST REPORT THE MATTER COMPLETE WITH NAMES AND ANY WITNESSES ON DIRECT LINES TO THE INTERNATIONAL ETHICS OFFICER AT WORLDWIDE. IF THIS IS NOT IMMEDIATELY HANDLED, REPORT IN THE SAME WAY TO YOUR NEAREST SEA ORG MAA. The only ways you can fail to get results on a pc are: 1. Not study your HCOBs and my books and tapes. 2. Not apply what you studied. 3. Follow "advice" contrary to what you find on HCOBs and tapes. 4. Fall to obtain the HCOBs, books and tapes needed. There is no hidden data line. All of Dianetics and Scientology works. Some of it works faster. The only real error auditors made over the years was to fail to stop a process the moment they saw a floating needle. Recently the felony has been compounded by disclosure of the facts that data and tapes have been deleted from checksheets, data has been "relegated to background" and grades have not been in use fully to complete end phenomena as per the Process column on the Classification and Gradation Chart. This caused an almost complete unmock of the subject and its use. I am counting on you to see it is not allowed to happen EVER AGAIN. Any supervisor or executive who interprets, alters or cancels tech is liable to the assignment of a Condition of Enemy. All the data is in HCOBs or Policy Letters or on tape. Failure to make this mimeo known to every student carries a $10 fine for every student from which it is withheld. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1967, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 115  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=24/7/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DATA SERIES   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JULY 1970 Remimeo DATA SERIES The HCO Policy Letters called the Data Series sometimes bring about a headache or upset in a student. This occurs due to the list of five out-points. The cure is to assess the basic out-points (sensibly expressed as a list). Then handle by 2 way comm on what read. It will be found that this will clear up the trouble. A special list of these is being made ready for Hubbard Consultant use. The exact procedure is: 1. Assess a prepared list of out-points for best read. 2. Clean up the item with 2 way comm to F/N. 3. Assess a prepared list of plus-points and take the best read. 4. Discuss with 2 way comm to F/N. If there is no F/N, reassess the same list again for the best item now. The lists are unlimited in use. The expansion of the prepared lists of out-points and plus-points to get all variations gives one an almost unlimited process. Deep, long-term upsets or present time disturbances can both be handled in this way. While further data will be released on this subject, it is necessary for C/Ses to know an occasional consequence of study of the Data Series. The tech belongs in the HC study materials. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.ka.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 116  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=1/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=2 rDate=21/10/74 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  F/N AND ERASURE  Type = 12 iDate=1/8/70 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Dn Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 AUGUST 1970RA Remimeo REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1974 Dn Checksheet CANCELS BTB 1 AUGUST 1970R SAME TITLE F/N AND ERASURE A floating needle always occurs when the basic on a chain erases. TONE ARM POSITION A floating needle is valid only between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position on a meter. (Note: False TA can be caused by dry or calloused hands or improper grip -- makes it read high. And by overly wet or greasy hands -- makes it read low.) Above or below that Tone Arm reading, the F/N is called an "ARC Break" needle. A floating needle between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position with BAD indicators is an "ARC Break" needle. It is not a real floating needle. A real floating needle, between 2.0 and 3.0 Tone Arm position also carries with it COGNITIONS and VERY GOOD INDICATORS. The pc is cogniting, cheerful and happy. When the Tone Arm is below 2.0, the chain has not been erased. When the Tone Arm is above 3.0, erasure has not occurred. When the Tone Arm is up at 4.4, the pc has made it more solid and has not erased the basic on the chain. On the second time through, if the TA rises, you know there is an earlier incident. OVERRUN The Dianetic Auditor is not concerned with "rehabilitation" of the overrun if he sees the Tone Arm has gone high. In Dianetics it only means the engram chain is in restimulation and has not been erased. When the basic erases, the TA will fall or rise to the area between 2.0 and 3.0 and the needle will F/N, the pc will have cognitions and very good indicators. The sequence is F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure. The auditor then stops running that chain. He can reassess and run another chain now. COGNITION COGNITION means a pc origination indicating he has "Come to realize". It's a "What do you know. I _______ " statement. Cognitions usually occur immediately before an erasure. Cognitions can also occur while running the chain. But when they occur with a real floating needle and very good indicators, you know erasure is occurring. When you see this happening, let the pc cognite. Don't chop his cognition. Let all the bits and pieces blow. You can expect the rapid end sequence of: 1. Floating Needle 2. Cognition 3. Very Good Indicators 4. Erasure in a well run Standard Dianetic session. That's all you really need to know about it in Dianetics. But you have to know it very well. LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1970, 1974 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 117  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=8/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  LIST L-1B   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 AUGUST 1970 (CANCELLED -- see HCO B 19 Mar 71 Volume VII -- 203) Remimeo LIST L-1B 1. A withhold been missed? 2. Some emotion been rejected? 3. Some Affinity been rejected? 4. A Reality been refused? 5. A communication been cut short? 6. A communication been ignored? 7. An earlier rejection of emotion been restimulated? 8. An earlier rejection of Affinity been restimulated? 9. An earlier refusal of Reality been restimulated? 10. An earlier ignored communication been restimulated? 11. A wrong reason for an upset been given? 12. A similar incident occurred before? 13. Something been done other than what was said? 14. A goal been disappointed? 15. Some help been rejected? 16. A decision been made? 17. An engram been restimulated? 18. An earlier incident been restimulated? 19. There been a sudden shift of attention? 20. Something startled you? 21. A perception been prevented? 22. A willingness not been acknowledged? 23. There been no auditing? 24. Went Exterior? 25. Interrupted actions? 26. Actions continued too long? 27. Data invalidated? 28. Someone evaluated? 29. Something been O/Run? 30. Unnecessary action? L. RON HUBBARD LRH:rr.ka.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 118  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=15/12/68 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  L4B FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968 (REVISED -- see HCO B 15 Dec 68 R Volume VII -- 138) (Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968, List L4A) (ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969) (Amended 8 August 1970) Remimeo L4B FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS PC'S NAME _____________________________ DATE __________________________________ AUDITOR _______________________________ 1. WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY? (If it reads, indicate BPC and indicate that it was an unnecessary action.) 2. WAS THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST? (If it reads, handle by itsa earlier similar itsa.) 3. IS A LIST INCOMPLETE? (If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the pc his item.) 4. HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG? (If so, find what list and get the item off from it by nulling with suppress, the nulling question being: "On _______ has anything been suppressed?", for each item on the overlong list. Give the pc his item.) 5. HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST? (If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list and null as in 4 above and find the right item and give to the pc.) 6. HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU? (If this reads, find out what it was and clean it up with Suppress and Invalidate and give it to the pc.) 7. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT? (If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and tell pc it wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct item.) 8. HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU? (If reads, handle as in 6.) 9. HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND? (If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invalidated it or if somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to pc again.) 10. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST? (If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list and give the pc the item.) 11. HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION? (If so, find out what question and try to write a list from recall and get an item and give it to the pc.) 12. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM? (If so, indicate to the pc this was not his item. Don't TRY to find whose it was.) 119 13. HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEONE ELSE? (If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the pc. Don't try to identify the "somebody else".) 14. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON LISTING? (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc, rehab back.) 15. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY? (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc and rehab back.) 16. HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING? (If so, rehab. If Ext Rundown not given, note for C/S.) 17. HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST? (If so, find out what item and why.) 18. HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST? (If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available. If not, put item in the report.) 19. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED? (If so, get it, if descreditable ask "Who nearly found out?") 20. HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED? (Locate which one.) 21. WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS? (If so, find out which one and indicate to the pc.) 22. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED? (If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.) 23. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED? (If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.) 24. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED? (If so, locate it and get in the assert button on it.) 25. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER? (If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.) 26. HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED? (If so, get off the charge and give it to the pc, or if he then changes his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.) 27. HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN? (If so, get it back and give it again.) 28. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY? (If so, find what it was again and give it to pc once more.) 29. HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD? (If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it or accepts or rejects it and go on with listing.) 30. WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR? (If so, find out what the item was and give it to the pc correctly.) 31. WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM? (If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.) 120 32. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU? (If so, get off the reject and suppress and get the listing action completed to the right item if possible.) 33. HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED? (If so, get off the disagreement and protest.) 34. HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED? (If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.) 35. HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED? (If so, find when and indicate the by-passed charge.) 36. HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED? (If so, locate and indicate the fact by itsa earlier similar itsa.) 37. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS? (If so, indicate it to the pc, check the question if reads. Get earlier similar itsa.) 38. HAS THIS LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN? (If so, rehab.) 39. IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE? (If so, find what and indicate it to pc.) 40. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE? (If so, indicate it to pc.) 41. HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED? (If so, indicate it to the pc.) 42. HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN? (If so, find which one and rehab.) L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ldm.rw.dz.rr.rd Copyright $c 1968, 1969, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 121  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=16/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 15 GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER   Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class III Class VI Class VIII C/S Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo (Corrected and re-issued 3 Nov 1970) Dn Checksheet Class III Class VI Class VIII C/S Checksheet C/S Series 15 GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER (High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics) If after an F/N session end the pc's TA goes up, as at the Examiner's in an org, the pc is afflicted with unflat Engram Chains. All High TAs depend on unflat or restimulated engram chains. TAs go high on Overrun because the overrun restimulates engram chains not yet run. Engram (or secondary or lock) chains can be keyed out. This does not mean they stay out. In a few minutes or hours or days or years they can key back in. A pc will also de-stimulate in from 3 to 10 days usually. This means he "settles out". Thus a pc can be overrun into new engram chains (by life or an auditor), TA goes up, 3 to 10 days later the TA comes down. When a pc is audited to F/N VGIs and then a few minutes later has a high TA the usual reasons are 1. Has had his comm chopped or full Dianetic or Scientology End Phenomena not reached or 2. Has been run on an unreading item or subject or 3. Is overwhelmed or 4. Has a lot of engrams keying in or 5. Has been run in the past without full erasure of engrams or attaining End Phenomena. 6. Lists badly done or other misauditing cause a pc to feel bad and key in chains also. 7. A pc can be audited when too tired or too late at night. The solution to any of these is easy -- on (1) always see that the pc attains full EP, particularly on engram chains. On (2) make auditors check for read even in two-way comm subjects, list questions or Dianetic items before running them. On (3) see also (2) and get the pc a proper Progress (Repair) Program. On (4) Repair or isolate pc so his PT isn't so ferocious looking (meaning Repair [Progress] Pgm him well or let him change his environment and then audit him) or (5) look into his folder to see who audited him on so many chains when, with no real erasure or EP. (6) You use Repair lists (like L4A, L1B, etc) and other usual action. On (7) you make the pc get some rest and if he can't, make him go for a walk away until he is tired and then walk back and get some sleep. All these really add up to keyed in or unflat engram chains. Whether the pc can handle them depends on Repair and the usual. 122 Of all these the past auditing without attaining EP on engram chains (whether done in Dianetics or Scientology) is a usual reason for a much audited pc to have a high TA. The answers to any high TA that won't come down and to any pc who continually arrives at Examiner after an F/N VGI session end with his TA UP are A. Faulty auditing not letting pc go to Full Dn EP when running engrams. B. A false auditing report (PR type report meaning promoting instead of auditing). C. Too many engram chains in past restim by life or auditing. Any correct Standard Dianetic Auditing will eventually handle. But it is usual to do a PICTURE REMEDY (see HCO B 5 June 1969). A pc who has a chronic somatic would get programmed like this: I Repair (Progress) Pgm until pc feeling better. II Picture Remedy with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. III Health Form -- with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. IV Somatics of the area with all reading and interest items Dn triple full Dn EP. V Run the engram chain of the incident (operation, accident, etc) he believes caused it. R3R triple. VI HF to F/N on the HF itself and attest full Dianetic result as per Class Chart. That's maybe 50 hours, all done in Dianetic triples, of course, in steps II to VI. IF the Dianetic Auditing is standard and to Dianetic EP (F/N Cog VGIs) you will see this pattern at the Examiner or a few minutes after session. First few sessions TA 4.0 or more at Exam. Doubtful GIs. Next few TA 3.75 and blowing down to 3.25 at Exam. GIs. Next few TA 3.75 BD to F/N at Exam. GIs to VGIs. Next two or three TA 3.5 BD to F/N at Exams VGIs. Finally TA 2.5 F/N VGIs at the Examiner. Another pass at the HF finds it F/N and pc can and will attest Dianetics. That's what you would expect to see if the Auditing was standard, if the case was straightened out of past flubs in the Repair step. Errors such as running unreading items or firefights caused by out TRs or false auditing reports or Dn EP not reached at session end or pc needing ruds put in at session starts would prevent this pattern from happening at the Examiner's. So if the pattern doesn't happen you know the auditing is goofy or something is out which had better be found. One pc for instance had a huge w/h of having a disease and was audited over it for 2 years = auditing over a w/h and PTP = no case gain. Silly pc. But also a very dull C/S not to alert to some outness there and find it. Another pc had a high TA and the fault was just that she never got any auditing at all! So they kept operating on her! Somebody didn't know Dianetics and auditing was for USE. 123 HIGH TA AND ILLNESS Pcs with high TAs feel ill and get ill. No use to elaborate on that. It's just a fact and is THE fact about pcs who get ill. So maybe you see why this HCOB is important! LOW TA AT EXAM Pcs with low TAs are more or less in apathy. If it F/N VGIs at session end and is low at Exam (like 1.9) (OR if it went low in session and didn't F/N), then the pc is (a) overwhelmed and needs auditing and life repair (b) can have been run on a flat or unreading item that invalidated his former win. Example: Pc listed on an unreading list few sessions later worrying about it and coming to Exam with low TA. Repair is the answer. Low TA pcs need a Life Repair also. Note: The new Hubbard Consultant Assessment List is now under test at this writing and may become essential as a pre-repair function and if so would be before repair in the chronic somatic list of actions as a pgm. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 124  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=20/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS   Remimeo Class VIII C1 VIII Checksheet C/S Checksheets  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo Class VIII C1 VIII Checksheet C/S Checksheets EXTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN MUSTS (Reference HCOB 22 Mar '70, Ext and High TA) An Exteriorization Intensive must be: 1. RUN ALL IN ONE SESSION. 2. RUN WITHOUT FLUBS. 3. FOLLOWED BY ANOTHER SESSION OF 2-WAY COMM RUN TO F/N COG VGIs. ONE SESSION RULE When you try to run an Exteriorization Rundown in 2 or more sessions there is a frequent chance of ruds going out between sessions and, of course, they can't be put in until Ext Rundown is complete as it's "Auditing a pc past Exterior". If a C/S or Auditor wants real trouble just stretch an Ext Rundown over 2 or 3 sessions. It is very difficult to straighten the resulting mess out. (See HCO B 28 Jul '70, Corrected 9 Aug '70.) The only reason one would take 2 or 3 sessions to do the rundown is because the pc "doesn't have the time", and so make sure the pc DOES have the next 2 to 5 hours free before starting one. This rule includes NO BREAKS. FLUBLESS Auditors who have occasional flubs -- Dn failures to flatten chains or run them to chopped EP instead of a correct F/N COG VGIs at basic HAVE NO BUSINESS RUNNING EXT RUNDOWNS. Flubs in any event are just corny. They are particularly messy when they occur in the EXT RUNDOWN. The Ext Rundown is auditing by the book! (Reference HCO B 20 Feb '70, "Floating Needles and End Phenomena", and the whole modern Standard Dianetics Course including later HCO Bs for it.) Flubs mar any auditing result. They make a real mess on an Ext Rundown as Review auditing over an Ext if the Rundown is not complete is difficult and results in high TA. Yet one Franchise invalidated the pc's cog, made the pc do it all in clay, left 125 chains incomplete and took a week over it! And then wondered why the pc was unhappy! NO FLUBS! FOLLOW WITH 2-WAY COMM A day or two or a week after the Ext Rundown (not less than a day nor more than a week), an Ext Rundown MUST BE FOLLOWED BY A TWO-WAY COMM SESSION. The reason for this is that there is a cognition delay on almost all cases. The 2-way comm blows off locks, etc and the pc usually gets a big cog and never afterwards worries about Exteriorization. If the Ext Rundown is done in 2 or 3 sessions, flubbed, not followed by 2- way comm in a later session, the pc can get hung up on the subject. The Auditor doing 2-way comm must have experience and know-how on 2-way comm. (See HCO B 21 Apr '70, "2-Way Comm C/Ses", HCO B 3 July '70, "C/Sing 2-Way Comm", HCO B 10 July '70, "2-Way Comm -- A Class III Action".) All 2-way comm sessions go to End Phenomena of an F/N. It will be found the subject of Interiorization-Exteriorization usually will still be charged. But it should be checked for read as in all items and subjects used in auditing. The rule is you don't audit things that don't read. Suppress and Inval buttons can be put in to get a read. If you audit things that don't read, the TA is liable to go up. A nicely done 2-way comm on Interiorization and Exteriorization blows the pc to Present Time and cleans him up nicely. The Ext Rundown can be done any time it is found the pc has been audited past Exterior. It HAS to be run in such a case before any Review or ruds or anything else. So it's dicey -- a delicate proposition. An Exteriorization (or Interiorization same thing) Rundown is about the hottest thing that's come along for some time. It solves, for instance, the total goal of Buddhism. It is the key to immortality. It's pure theta gold. So respect it by running by the book, exactly, perfectly and to a total win. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [HCO B 28 July 1970, Corrected 9 August 1970, referred to above, is cancelled by BTB 10 December 1974, Issue VII, Cancellation of Bulletins -- 1970, which says to see HCO B 29 October 1971R, Revised 14 May 1974, Int Rundown Correction List -- Revised; BTB 10 July 1969R, Revised and Reissued 24 June 1974, Exteriorization Remedy; and the above HCO B.] 126  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=21/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 16 SESSION GRADING WELL DONE, DEFINITION OF   Remimeo C/S Checksheets All Level Checksheets Dn Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo C/S Checksheets All Level Checksheets C/S Series 16 Dn Checksheet SESSION GRADING WELL DONE, DEFINITION OF A "well done" to an auditor requires a precise meaning. It is not given by the C/S because an auditor is a friend or because he would be offended if he didn't get one. "WELL DONE" GIVEN BY THE C/S FOR A SESSION MEANS THE PC HAD F/N VGIs AT THE EXAMINER IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SESSION. This then presupposes that session lines include an Examiner even if it's a receptionist and it includes the use and understanding of Exam Reports. (See HCO PL 26 Jan '70, Issue III, or any rewrite and Exam tech.) It presupposes the Examiner has a meter to hand and that the pc makes a statement. Thus, if there are no Exam Reports there can't be a well done given, eh? True enough. A C/S who C/Ses without Exam Reports done by a different person than the auditor is asking to fly blind and to get auditor "PR" (public relations or brag) and false auditing reports. No F/N at Exam no well done. This is harsh as early on pcs often get no F/N at Examiner. BUT IN EVERY CASE THERE ARE CURRENT EARLIER TECH ERRORS ON THE CASE when the F/N doesn't get from the session to the Examiner. It is also harsh because the failure to get the F/N to the Examiner could be a C/S error! But (see HCO B 24 May '70, "Auditor's Rights", C/S Series 1), the auditor should not have accepted the C/S. The C/S could be too heavy, or the case needed a repair first or the process ordered is not part of a proper program. HOURS SUCCESSFULLY AUDITED INCLUDES ONLY "WELL DONE" OR "VERY WELL DONE" SESSIONS. VERY WELL DONES An auditor gets a "VERY WELL DONE" when the session by worksheet inspection, Exam Report inspection is: 1. F/N VGIs at Examiner. 2. The auditing is totally flubless and by the book. 3. The whole C/S ordered was done without departure and to the expected result. NO MENTION A no mention of well done or very well done or anything simply means: 127 1. F/N did not get to Examiner. 2. No major auditing errors exist in the session. FLUNKS A FLUNK is given when: 1. The F/N did not get to Examiner and didn't occur at session end. 2. Major errors or flubs occurred like no EP, multiple somatic, unflown ruds, etc. 3. The C/S was not followed or completed. 4. Auditor's Rights listed errors occurred. 5. No F/N and BIs at Examiner. The exact error must be noted on the worksheet and in the next C/S along with the Flunk. FLUNK AND RETRAIN When an auditor does not improve but continues to get NO MENTIONS and FLUNKS, he requires retraining. Such retraining must include: 1. Cleaning up all Misunderstoods of tech. 2. Cleaning up willingness to audit. 3. Cleaning up overts on people and pcs. 4. Examination by inspection of TRs. 5. Starrating material missed or not grasped as per session troubles. INVALIDATION Invalidative remarks should not be made by a C/S. Experience has shown they do no good and also do harm. But there are 2 methods of invalidating an auditor's auditing: 1. Let him go on flubbing and getting no results. 2. Direct invalidation of his intentions or future or potential. In 1, nearly all auditors who stop auditing never really knew how to audit in the first place or have gross misunderstoods or have accumulated intentional or unintentional overts on pcs or have been too harshly invalidated. When they don't really grasp the ease and simplicity of auditing they get into other troubles. A really well trained, smooth auditor never gets any real charge on his case on the subject of auditing. When you let an auditor flub, the whole subject gets invalidated and he loses his value because he goes into doubt. This can be said with complete confidence today as the whole of Dianetics and Scientology is there and it works very very well indeed IF IT IS USED AND IF THE C/SING AND AUDITING IS CORRECT AND FLUBLESS. 128 AUDITOR HANDLING The C/S is really not just the Case Supervisor, he is also the auditors' handler. Like a boxer's trainer or a star's director, the C/S handles his guys. They are all a bit different, auditors. There are prima donnas and meek mousey ones and steady-on ones and all kinds. They get the credit for the sessions from the pcs most often. They really don't like not to be C/Sed. And they VALUE the well dones and the very well dones and they flinch at the flunks. And the honest ones know all about it before they turn it in. And some don't mention the flub but think you're a fool if you miss it. So it's important to have a constant in assigning what the auditor is given for the session. WELL DONE AUDITING HOURS are all that's valid for a stat. So a C/S must be very exact and correct in his determination of well done, very well done, no mention and (forlornly) a flunk. This should remove argument from the matter and bring certainty. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 129  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=26/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 17 INCOMPLETE CASES   Remimeo C/S Book Class VIII Checksheet Class VIII  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1970 Remimeo C/S Book Class VIII Checksheet Class VIII C/S Series 17 INCOMPLETE CASES OVERSHOOTING and UNDERSHOOTING are two very defeating errors in C/Sing. OVERSHOOTING would be defined as going beyond a completion or completing a completion. In such a circumstance the pc for instance reaches an F/N VGI point in Review and then the C/S decides to handle the case in Review. Example: 2 or 3 sessions have been goofed. Review patches them all up to F/N VGIs all okay. Then a C/S C/Ses to Review the case to repair the errors. The case feels invalidated, caves in, needs further repair. I have seen more than one folder where this cycle has been done three times! In one of these an action had to be taken to patch up a goof so the pc could go back onto a grade. The goof was patched up to F/N VGIs. The correct action would have been to put the pc back on the incomplete grade. But no, a new Review cycle was laid out, audited, pc caved in. A new cycle to repair this was entered in upon. It was successful. The pc got F/N VGIs at Exam. The C/S ordered a new Review of the case, the case caved in, was then patched up and finally got an F/N VGIs. And was ordered to be reviewed.... Studying what was wrong with the cases I found the above. I ordered an assessment of a list, got "unnecessary actions" and got the cases back onto the incomplete cycle of the grade and they did fine. This can be done with a grade. It was the fault of early Power. UNDERSHOOTING would be to leave a cycle incomplete and go off to something else. Example: Case sent to Review or given a Review session to repair goofs. One goof is handled but there are three to handle. Case returned to the grade before being set up. This can be so bad that the case never made any grade at all. The modern Repair (Progress) Pgm as outlined in this C/S series takes care of this. QUICKIE GRADES AND ACTIONS Quickie grades left us with a totality of incomplete cases. You look over a folder and you see the pc at "OT IV". The folder is thick. He has had lots of auditing. He has aches and pains, problems, makes people wrong. Probably he could be audited for another thousand hours without ever coming right! Unless there was an orderly program to complete his case level by level on the Class and Grade Chart. 130 It would take a Repair (Progress) Pgm and then an Advance Pgm that included each grade to completion. He would have to have his ruds put in, any flubs at once handled session to session, just to complete Dianetics. Finally, his chronic somatics gone, he would F/N on the Health Form and that would complete his Dianetics with his attestation. And so on right on up the Grades, each one done fully to the voluntary declare for that grade as per the Grade and Class Chart. In doing Dianetics, Grades, etc you still have to get in ruds and handle the case so it is set up for each major action and repair the flubs at once when they occur. While completing an action you have to keep the case running, not audit over ARC Brks, PTPs, W/Hs and flubs. The best answer is NO FLUBS. But when they occur they must be repaired in 24 hours. When repaired (and not re-repaired and re-re-repaired with overshoots) you get the case back on the same cycle that was incomplete. COMPLETE CASES A case is not complete unless the lowest incomplete Grade Chart action is complete and then each completed in turn on up. As you look over current folders who have had years of auditing, some of them you generally don't find any completed actions and you do find overshoots on Reviews. It is not the least bit hard to handle these cases. This C/S series shows you how. Auditing and Life Repairs (Progress), Advance Pgm completing fully each incomplete grade. The C/S is blessed who follows these two rules: RECOGNIZE A COMPLETION OF AN ACTION AND END IT OFF. RECOGNIZE AN INCOMPLETE ACTION AND COMPLETE IT. Don't overshoot, don't undershoot. Follow the rules. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 131  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=28/8/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=2 rDate=9/10/74 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RA   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 AUGUST 1970RA REVISED 30 MAY 1973 REVISED 9 OCTOBER 1974 Remimeo HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT LISTS RA (Reference Data Series HCO PLs.) (Revised to include additional out-points issued since original HCO B.) The following lists are used: (a) To assess for a read. (b) Clear up with 2-way comm. PROCEDURE One assesses the Out-Point List and goes as far as a good read. One clears that up to F/N VGIs (very good indicators). He then leaves off that list for now. One then takes up the Plus-Point List. One assesses it as far as one needs to go to get a good read. One then takes that up with the preclear with 2-way comm until there is an F/N and VGIs. One now resumes where he left off on the Out-Point List and assesses until he gets a new good read. He takes that up with 2-way comm until he gets an F/N VGIs. One now takes up the Plus-Point List where he left off until he gets a good read. He takes that up with 2-way comm until he gets an F/N VGIs. In this way the lists are alternated. They can be done over and over. These are the elements of illogic and insanity on the Out-Point List. They are the elements of logic and sanity on the Plus-Point List. A meter must be used. It is done exactly by the Auditor's Code. Never tell the person what he thinks. Never invalidate what he has said. Just acknowledge and let him/her tell you about it. The reads of course disclose things which have charge on them. 132 Take a good read. 2-way comm on: "Any example of _______ in your life?" to F/N. Assess again. Same process. Continue as long as you have TA on it. Stop with any win. Can be done to full F/Ning assessment on both lists. The list items can be used in 2 ways. A. They can be called off straight. B. They can be given a prior statement. In A one would say, "Knowing something is right _______ " noting read or lack of it. "Knowing a datum is correct _______ " noting read. In B one would be directing the person's attention to some sphere of action like "In your work knowing something is right" noting read, etc. One would go on using this same prior statement on all the assessment until the whole subject, "work", was cleaned up. That would be a work consultation. Or one could say, for marriage problems, "In marriage knowing something is right" "In marriage knowing a datum is correct _______ ." One uses the same subject for both Out-Point and Plus-Point Lists until that one subject is cleaned up. ALWAYS FINISH OFF WITH THE PLUS-POINT LIST. OUT-POINT LIST 1. Omitted Fact _______ 2. Omitted Terminal _______ 3. Omitted Data _______ 4. Omitted Location _______ 5. Omitted Matter _______ 6. Omitted Energy _______ 7. Omitted Space _______ 8. Omitted Form _______ 9. Missing Scene _______ 10. Missing Person _______ 11. Changed Sequence of Facts _______ 12. Changed Sequence of Data _______ 13. Changed Sequence of Particles _______ 14. Changed Sequence of Locations _______ 15. Changed Sequence of Objects _______ 16. Changed Sequence of Spaces _______ 133 17. Changed Sequence of Forms _______ 18. Twisted Ideas _______ 19. Dropped Out Time _______ 20. Incorrect Time _______ 21. False Time _______ 22. Invented Time _______ 23. Condensed Time _______ 24. Rushed Time _______ 25. Endless Time _______ 26. Waiting Time _______ 26a. Added Time _______ 26b. Unexpected Time _______ 27. Delusion _______ 28. Hallucination _______ 29. False Fact _______ 30. False Terminal _______ 31. False Being _______ 32. False Datum _______ 33. False Location _______ 34. False Matter _______ 35. False Energy _______ 36. False Space _______ 37. Fixed Idea _______ 38. Altered Importance _______ 39. Altered Value _______ 40. Decreased Importance _______ 41. Decreased Value _______ 42. Over Valued _______ 43. Too Important _______ 44. Too Insignificant _______ 45. Things all the same _______ 46. Not Associated _______ 47. Everything Different _______ 48. Wrong Terminal _______ 49. Wrong Location _______ 50. Wrong Time _______ 51. Wrong Event _______ 52. Wrong Target _______ 53. Wrong Objective _______ 54. Wrong Goal _______ 55. Wrong Space _______ 56. Wrong Form _______ 57. Impossible Occurrence _______ 58. Impossible Terminal _______ 59. Impossible Time _______ 60. Impossible Event _______ 61. Unbelievable Idea _______ 134 62. Unbelievable Action _______ 63. Unbelievable Event _______ 64. Unbelievable Circumstance _______ 65. Unbelievable Being _______ 66. Wrong Source _______ 67. Incorrect Origin _______ 68. From Wrong Place _______ 69. From Wrong Person _______ 70. Wrong Authority _______ 71. False Source _______ 72. Conflicting Data _______ 73. Contrary Facts _______ 74. Impossible Situation _______ 75. Not Matching Reality _______ 76. Added In-Applicable Data _______ 77. Added In-Applicable Facts _______ 78. Added In-Applicable Terminals _______ 79. Added In-Applicable Matter _______ 80. Added In-Applicable Energy _______ 81. Added In-Applicable Space _______ 82. Added In-Applicable Form _______ PLUS-POINT LIST 1. Knowing something is right _______ 2. Knowing a datum is correct _______ 3. A known being _______ 4. A correct location _______ 5. A known form _______ 6. Something about which all data is known _______ 7. Events in correct sequence _______ 8. Things in proper order _______ 9. Actions done in the right way _______ 10. Data in proper alignment _______ 11. People in the right places _______ 12. Things correctly counted _______ 13. A known time _______ 14. A correct time _______ 15. An exact time _______ 16. A proper time _______ 16a. Expected time _______ 16b. Adequate time _______ 17. Known times _______ 18. Something correctly located in time _______ 19. A past time _______ 20. A well timed action _______ 21. A person at the right time _______ 135 22. A truth _______ 23. Something that is true _______ 24. A factual location _______ 25. Telling the truth _______ 26. The true facts _______ 27. A true object _______ 28. A truthful being _______ 29. Knowing the truth _______ 30. The correct importance _______ 31. Something that was really important _______ 32. Something that was unimportant _______ 33. Knowing what was and what wasn't important _______ 34. Things more important than others _______ 35. Things less important than others _______ 36. Knowing the relative importance of things _______ 37. Things alike _______ 38. Things similar _______ 39. Things different _______ 40. The right answer _______ 41. The right target _______ 42. The correct goal _______ 43. The correct person _______ 44. The right direction _______ 45. The correct objective _______ 46. The right intention _______ 47. Something believable _______ 48. A credible fact _______ 49. Something you knew was plausible _______ 50. Obviously factual _______ 51. Acceptable datum _______ 52. An acceptable person _______ 53. A believable location _______ 54. A believable form _______ 55. Acceptable energy _______ 56. Acceptable sensation _______ 57. A feeling of rightness _______ 58. Correct Source _______ 59. Correct Origin _______ 60. From Right Place _______ 61. From Right Person _______ 62. Correct Authority _______ 63. True Source _______ 64. Data in Agreement _______ 65. Facts Align _______ 66. Possible Situation _______ 67. Matching Data _______ 68. Matching Reality _______ 136 69. Adequate Data _______ 70. Adequate Terminals _______ 71. Adequate Matter _______ 72. Adequate Energy _______ 73. Adequate Space _______ 74. Adequate Form _______ 75. Applicable Data _______ 76. Applicable Facts _______ 77. Applicable Terminals _______ 78. Applicable Matter _______ 79. Applicable Energy _______ 80. Applicable Space _______ 81. Applicable Form _______ L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.jh Copyright $c 1970, 1973, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [The 30 May 1973 revision numbered the points and added points 66-75 on the Out-Point List and points 58-68 on the Plus-Point List. The revisions of 9 October 1974 are in this type style.] 137  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 21 iDate=8/9/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=2 rDate=24/10/75 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXAMINER'S 24 HOUR RULE   Remimeo Qual Div Dept 15 Examiner's Hat E/O Hat Dept 3 Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1970RA REVISED 18 NOVEMBER 1973 Remimeo REVISED 24 OCTOBER 1975 Qual Div (In the second revision the Dept 15 signature has been changed.) Examiner's Hat E/O Hat Dept 3 Hat EXAMINER'S 24 HOUR RULE A flubbed session is visible at the Examiner. Regardless of the worksheet or report, any session ending with Bad Indicators, above 3.0 TA or below 2.0 with no F/N or an ARC Break needle, a Stage 4 needle, a rock slam, a stuck needle, still or a dirty needle independent of TA position indicates a non-optimum session. When an Examiner sees any one of these following four manifestations in a pc after a session: 1. Non-optimum TA position (above 3, below 2). 2. Non-optimum needle (ARC Brk needle, Stage 4, rock slam, stuck, still or dirty). 3. Bad Indicators as per HCOB on BIs. 4. Non-optimum statement from pc, critical, hostile, belittling, sad, etc. The Examiner applies the 24 Hour Rule. This Rule is: ANY GOOFED SESSION MUST BE REPAIRED WITHIN 24 HOURS. The reason for the rule is that occasionally, particularly when a person has had a sickly life, physical illness will key in after a session goof. Such are purely C/S or auditing flubs. A C/S flub consists of gross violations of case programming. Auditing flubs consist of corny things like running a Rud but no F/N, failure to flatten a Chain, bad TRs, auditing over out-ruds, chopping the pc before full End Phenomena is attained. Evaluation or even chatter after the session can upset a pc that ended session on F/N VGIs. IN ALL CASES as per 1 to 4 above the EXAMINER paper clips a RED CARD on the outside of the FRONT COVER OF THE FOLDER and marks on it THE DATE AND HOUR of the Examination as well as places the EXAM REPORT in the folder, the Examiner logs it in his log in RED BALLPOINT. The EXAMINER must see that the C/S receives this folder as soon as possible. The C/S gives total priority to C/Sing it and it is given priority in auditing that C/S. 138 The pc may even be asked to wait if it can be done in the next hour or two. THE FASTER THE FLUBBED SESSION IS REPAIRED THE EASIER IT IS TO REPAIR. Sessions which are left unrepaired for more than 24 hours occasionally find the pc physically ill. If repaired quickly or at least within 24 hours no physical reaction results. The illness will be a key-in of illnesses the pc often had before any auditing. All the flubbed auditing does is key it in, it itself makes no one ill. If you check folders of ill pcs you will find usually a long period of no- auditing or a flubbed session a few days before the onset of the illness. Pcs who have not been properly programmed but have been audited on random this or that instead of Progress, Advance and Class and Grade Chart to fully completed grades are the most likely to become ill. Penalty for violation of the 24 Hour Rule is loss of a day's stats for the division, the day being that day when the unrepaired flub occurred and subtracted at the time the flub is found. If a flubbed session is found hidden and not disclosed the division loses all its stats for that week. This action is important. If C/Ses and auditors made no flubs whatever they would really be getting top results on pcs. LRH:mg.jh Copyright $c 1970, 1973, 1975 L. Ron Hubbard by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. Ron Hubbard Founder   Type = 11 iDate=11/9/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 18 CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF   Remimeo Dn Checksheet Class II Class VI Class VIII C/S Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1970 Dn Checksheet Class II Class VI C/S Series 18 Class VIII C/S Checksheet CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF The full Dianetic handling of the pc who has a chronic somatic is given in the HCO B C/S Series No. 15, of 16 August 1970, "Getting the F/N to Examiner". This HCO B calls the fact to attention. It could get overlooked or be hard to find again as the title of HCO B 16 August does not indicate it directly. LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 L. RON HUBBARD by L. Ron Hubbard Founder ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 139  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=21/9/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Study Series 1 STUDY DEFINITIONS   Remimeo Student Hat All Courses HC Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1970 Student Hat All Courses Study Series 1 HC Checksheet STUDY DEFINITIONS The following definitions are applicable to Scientology study technology: CHECKSHEET: A list of materials, often divided into sections, that give the theory and practical steps which, when completed, give one a study completion. The items are selected to add up to the required knowledge of the subject. They are arranged in the sequence necessary to a gradient of increasing knowledge of the subject. After each item there is a place for the initial of the student or the person checking the student out. When the checksheet is fully initialed it is complete, meaning the student may now take an exam and be granted the award for completion. Some checksheets are required to be gone through twice before completion is granted. CHECKLIST: A list of actions or inspections to ready an activity or machinery or object for use or estimate the needful repairs or corrections. This is erroneously sometimes called a "checksheet", but that word is reserved for study steps. CHECKOUT: The action of verifying a student's knowledge of an item given on a checksheet. TWIN CHECKOUT: When two students are paired they check each other out. This is different than a Supervisor checkout. SUPERVISOR CHECKOUT: A checkout done by the Supervisor of a course or his assistants. THEORY: The data part of a course where the data as in books, tapes and manuals is given. PRACTICAL: The drills which permit the student to associate and coordinate theory with the actual items and objects to which the theory applies. Practical is application of what one knows to what one is being taught to understand, handle or control. TWIN: The study partner with whom one is paired. Two students studying the same subject who are paired to check out or help each other are said to be "Twinned". TWO-WAY COMM: The precise technology of a process used to clarify data with another for the other. It is not chatter. It is governed by the rules of auditing. It is used by Supervisors to clear up blocks to a person's progress in study, on post, in life or in auditing. It is governed by the communication cycle as discovered in Scientology. METER CHECK: The action of checking the reaction of a student to subject matter, words or other things, isolating blocks to study, interpersonal relations or life. It is done with an E-Meter. COURSE SUPERVISOR: The instructor in charge of a course and its students. COURSE ADMINISTRATOR: The course staff member in charge of the course materials and records. TECH SERVICES: The activity which enrolls, routes, schedules, distributes the mail of and assists the housing of students. STARRATE CHECKOUT: A very exact checkout which verifies the full and minute knowledge of the student of a portion of study materials and tests his full understanding of the data and ability to apply it. ZERO RATE: Material which is only checked out on the basis of general understanding. 140 BLOW: Unauthorized departure from an area, usually caused by misunderstood data or overts. LEAVE OF ABSENCE: An authorized period of absence from a course granted in writing by a Course Supervisor and entered in the student's study folder. ROLL BOOK: The master record of a course giving the student's name, local and permanent address and the date of enrollment and departure or completion. QUAL: The Qualifications Division (Division V of an org) where the student is examined and where he may receive cramming or special assistance and where he is awarded completions and certificates and where his qualifications as attained on courses or in auditing are made a permanent record. CRAMMING: A section in the Qualifications Div where a student is given high pressure instruction at his own cost after being found slow in study or when failing his exams. PROGRAMMING: The overall planning for a person of the courses, auditing and study he should follow for the next extended time period. STUDENT CONSULTATION: The personal handling of student problems or progress by a qualified consultant. HC: A HUBBARD CONSULTANT is skilled in testing, two-way comm, consultation, programming and interpersonal relations. This is the certificate especially awarded to persons trained to handle personnel, students and staff. These technologies and special training were developed to apply Scientology auditing skills to the field of administration especially. An HC is not an auditor but a consultant. HC is a requisite for Course Supervisors and Student Consultants. SCHEDULING: The hours of a course or the designation of certain times for auditing. OUT: Things which should be there and aren't or should be done and aren't are said to be "Out", i.e. "Enrollment Books are out." IN: Things which should be there and are or should be done and are, are said to be "In", i.e. "We got scheduling in." PACK: A pack is a collection of written materials which match a checksheet. It is variously constituted -- such as loose leaf or a cardboard folder or bulletins in a cover stapled together. A pack does not necessarily include a booklet or hardcover book that may be called for as part of a checksheet. MANUAL: A booklet of instruction for a certain object or procedure or practice. POINTS: The arbitrary assignment of a credit value to a part of study materials. "One page equals one point." "That drill is worth 25 points." POINT SYSTEM: The system of assigning and counting up points for studies and drills that give the progress of a student and measure his speed of study. They are kept track of by the student and Course Administrator and added up each week as the student's statistic. The statistic of the course is the combined study points of the class. COMPLETION: A "completion" is the completing of a specific course or an auditing grade, meaning it has been started, worked through and has successfully ended with an award in Qual. SUCCESS STORY: The statement of benefit or gains or wins made by a student or a preclear or pre-OT to the Success Officer or someone holding that post in an org. LRH:rr.rd L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1970 Founder by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 141  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=6/10/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 19 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES   Remimeo C/S Hats C/S Checksheets Class VIIIs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo C/S Hats C/S Checksheets Class VIIIs C/S Series 19 FOLDER ERROR SUMMARIES A folder error summary, (FES) is usually done by a student especially an interne well taught, learning his practical tech or by an auditor especially hired to do FESs. It requires many hours to put a folder in sequence and then to list all errors in it. It should NEVER be done by a working C/S who is responsible for an org's delivery flow. COST It is costly to do an FES and where possible the cost, duly consulting the pc, should be borne by the pc as a special service. It can be directly paid for or simply deducted from auditing hours purchased. NECESSITY A good C/S looking over a folder usually goes back to the last time the pc was doing really well and notes actions necessary from that point. Programs of a lengthily audited case (fat folder) usually cover L1B, L3A, L4A lists and usually take up 2-way comm on earliest sessions and earliest auditing ever given (for auditors). Thus an FES is not vital in all cases. I like to have an FES done so I can compare areas covered by the pc in 2- way comm and be sure they come up in subsequent repair sessions. Also where I can see a lot of bad lists existed, I want to be able to assure they get handled. Thus an FES is useful. On Flag, an FES is carefully done so as to detect areas of out tech in the world. This is called "the Flub Catch System". Auditors and C/Ses so detected are sent to cramming in their areas to smooth out their tech knowledge or TRs, all to improve delivery of tech. Flub Catch makes an FES vital on Flag. Higher orgs have a similar interest in an FES. HALTING DELIVERY To halt delivery because of a missing folder or to do a long time- consuming FES is of course contrary to the need to deliver auditing and can result in a no-auditing situation worse than a Blind Repair. 142 BLIND REPAIR When no FES is done, one is doing a Blind Repair. The Progress Pgm and Advance Pgm may have holes in them. However there are only five areas of danger: 1. Flubbed lists. 2. A bad series of evaluative sessions should be detected and directly handled. 3. Flubbed Power. 4. Extended or flubbed Interiorization. 5. Missed grades. If a C/S doesn't know about these it may be that the case will not properly repair and he also does not know what Advance Program to do. But as these are specific areas they can be done on a Blind Repair by making them into a list and getting them meter checked. Example: Pc has lost his folder. Has been audited for several years on and off. One can clear the idea of lists "Someone written down items you say to a question" and see if it gets a read and if so do L4A Method Three "On Lists". One can ask if any auditor ever told the pc what to think and if that reads 2-way comm or prepcheck those sessions by that auditor. Power can be checked by rehab unless the person has gone Clear on the Clearing Course since at which time Power will not need repair. The commands of Interiorization Rundown can be checked with 2-way comm or rehabbed. What won't rehab you run. Missed Grades can be checked, rehabbed or run including any Expanded Grades. The pc usually recognizes the process if it has been run. Thus one can wander through a Blind Repair without fouling up the case and add to it the inevitable actions common to all Progress Pgms. SUMMARY An FES has value. It is valuable to the pc to get one done. It is a long and extensive action. It can be sold directly or removed from hours bought. It is of vast interest in training auditors and should be done by already trained internes or specially hired auditors. It is NOT done by a C/S and it is NOT used to halt all delivery of auditing and jam up the C/S lines. A lost or delayed folder is not a barrier to a very well trained C/S who has starrated a C/S Course. An FES is very useful and tends to eradicate any mystery for a C/S. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 143  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=8/10/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 20 PERSISTENT F/N   Remimeo C/Ses All Auditors Level 0 HGC Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo C/Ses All Auditors Level 0 C/S Series 20 HGC Checksheet PERSISTENT F/N A FLOATING NEEDLE can persist. This fact tells you at once why you cannot do three major actions in a row in the same ten minutes. This was the bug behind "Quickie Grades" (0 to IV in one session. This also occurred in Power when it was run all in one day). The auditor would attain a bona fide full dial F/N. The pc was still cogniting, still in a big win. The auditor would "clear the next process command", he would see an F/N. He would "clear the next process command", and see an F/N. BUT IT WAS THE SAME F/N! Result was that processes 2 and 3 WERE NEVER RUN ON THE CASE. This is really what is meant by "Quickie Grades". In 1958 we got real Releases. You could not kill the F/N for days, weeks. Several processes had this effect. Today's real Clear also goes this way. You couldn't kill the F/N with an axe. By running a lot of Level Zero processes, for instance, you can get a real swinging unkillable F/N. It not only gets to the Examiner, it comes in at the start of the next day's session! Now if in one session you ran all of Level Zero and went on up to Level One, you would just be auditing a persistent F/N. The pc would get no benefit at all from Level One. He's still going "Wow" on Level Zero. If you ran Level Zero with one process that got a big wide floating F/N and then "ran" Level I, II, III and IV, you would have just a Level Zero Release. The pc's bank was nowhere to be found. So next week he has problems (Level I) or a Service Fac (Level IV) and he is only a Grade Zero yet it says right there in Certs and Awards log he's a Grade IV. So now we have a "Grade IV" who has Level I, II, III and IV troubles! A session that tries to go beyond a big dial-wide drifting floating F/N only distracts the pc from his win. BIG WIN. Any big win (F/N dial-wide, Cog, VGIs) gives you this kind of persistent F/N. You at least have to let it go until tomorrow and let the pc have his win. That is what is meant by letting the pc have his win. When you get one of these dial-wide F/Ns, Cog, VGIs WOW you may as well pack it up for the day. GRADUAL WIDENING In running a Dianetic chain to basic in triple you will sometimes see in one session a half dial on Flow 1, 3/4 of a dial on Flow 2, a full dial on Flow 3. Or you may have 4 subjects to two-way comm or prepcheck in one session. First action 1/3 dial F/N. Then no F/N, TA up. Second action 1/2 dial F/N. Then no F/N. Third action 3/4 dial F/N. Fourth action full dial-wide floating swinging idling F/N. 144 You will also notice in the same session -- long time for 1st action, shorter, shorter, shorter for the next three actions. Now you have an F/N that anything you try to clear and run will just F/N WITHOUT AFFECTING THE CASE AT ALL. If you audit past that you are wasting your time and processes. You have hit an "unkillable F/N", properly called a persistent F/N. It's persistent at least for that day. Do any more and it's wasted. If an auditor has never seen this he had better get his TR0 bullbait flat for 2 hours at one unflunked go and his other TRs in and drill out his flubs. For that's what's supposed to happen. F/Ns on pcs audited up to (for that session) a persistent F/N always get to the Examiner. If you only have a "small F/N" it won't get to the Examiner. However, on some pcs maybe that's good enough. May take him several sessions, each one getting a final session F/N a bit wider. Then he gets an F/N that gets to the Examiner. After that, well audited on a continuing basis, the F/N lasts longer and longer. One day the pc comes into session with a dial-wide floating swinging F/N and anything you say or do does nothing whatever to disturb that F/N. It's a real Release man. It may last weeks, months, years. Tell him to come back when he feels he needs some auditing and chalk up the remaining hours (if sold by the hour) as undelivered. Or if sold by result, chalk up the result. If the F/N is truly persistent he will have no objections. If it isn't, he will object. So have him come back tomorrow and carry on whatever you were doing. SUMMARY The technical bug back of Quickie Grades or Quickie Power was the Persistent F/N. This is not to be confused with a Stage 4 (sweep, stick, sweep, stick) or an ARC Broke needle (pc Bad Indicators while F/Ning). This is not to be used to refuse all further auditing to a pc. It is to be used to determine when to end a series of major actions in a session. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 145  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=13/10/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTIONS   Remimeo Cse Super Ch/sht  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo Cse Super Ch/sht COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTIONS When a Course Supervisor sees a student doping off, looking upset or blowing he acts to clear the matter up with the student with 2 way comm. Two way comm is actually a process. It is not just talking to someone. There is a two way comm checksheet. It can be done with or without a meter. When there is nothing wrong and the student is going along well, the Course Supervisor does not act to correct. The comparable action in auditing would be: when the pc is doing all right you let him carry on with regular auditing; when he isn't doing all right you take a corrective action such as a Review. It is a serious error in auditing to correct a pc who needs no correction. In Course Supervision it is a serious error to correct a student who is doing all right. For example, one sees a student busily checking out another and they are both doing fine. To interrupt or correct these two students would be a supervision error. Reversely, to see a student frowning or a coaching session bugged and NOT get in and straighten it out would be a supervisor error. INTEREST A Supervisor must show that he is interested in the progress of his students. This comes about by noting their advances and achievements or helping them over rough spots. Interest is vital. It does not include interruption. CONCLUSION The Course Supervisor assists a student when and as it is visible by stats or expression or demeanor that the student needs assistance. The Course Supervisor does not interrupt a student's progress or correct when there is nothing to correct. The action of the Course Supervisor is two way comm. This is a process. When the student cannot locate what is wrong or what he passed over, a meter is used with the two way comm. Violations of this technology of instruction give one slower students and greatly reduced statistics and completions. LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder 146  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=18/10/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  AUDITOR'S STATS ON F/N VGI   Remimeo Dept 3 Hats HGC Hats  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 OCTOBER 1970 Remimeo Dept 3 Hats HGC Hats AUDITOR'S STATS ON F/N VGI An auditor's stats are computed on the Examiner's report. The auditor is credited for his stat on hours that F/N VGI at the Examiner's. In Dianetic Auditing it often occurs that the first few sessions F/N VGI at the End of Session but do not F/N VGI at the Examiner's, the TA being high at Examiner's. This situation gradually works off and soon the well audited pc attains F/N VGIs at both the end of session and also at the Examiner's. This shows the progress of the case. This is also true of Scientology auditing. Therefore WHEN AN AUDITOR HAS SEVERAL SESSIONS THAT F/N VGI AT SESSION END BUT NOT AT EXAMINER'S ON THE SAME PC, AND WHEN THE PC THEN THROUGH GOOD FLUBLESS AUDITING THEN F/N VGIs AT THE EXAMINER'S THE AUDITOR MAY CREDIT THOSE PREVIOUS HOURS TO HIS STAT. Example: Pc has 7 sessions that F/N at End of Session but do not F/N at the Examiner's. Finally the pc F/Ns VGIs at the Examiner on the 8th session. The auditor may credit the earlier time (7 sessions) to his stat PROVIDING THERE HAS BEEN NO FLUB. The situation where the auditor was credited only with F/N VGIs at the Examiner, the phenomenon that the pc would F/N VGI at Examiner eventually if well audited was not taken into account and caused some auditors to avoid auditing pcs who did not F/N easily. FES CREDIT An auditor may also credit on his stat 1/2 hour for every hour spent doing Folder Error Summaries. A C/S should not be doing FESes and they are best done by an interne C/S In Training or an Advanced student as they are very instructive. There are times when a pc backlog occurs due to no FESes being done. They take a long time very often as they involve putting the folder in sequence and spotting and listing every auditing error in the folder. Thus it is in such cases only fair to give some stat credit if an auditor has to do them. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.ka.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 147  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=26/10/70 Volnum=0 Issue=3 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE   Remimeo Students Course Super's Hat Auditor's Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1970 Issue III REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974 Remimeo (Only change is signature) Students Course Super's Hat Auditor's Hat OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE The following is extracted from the Advanced Clinical Course Preparatory Manual for Advanced Students in Scientology. It was published in 1957. OBNOSIS AND THE TONE SCALE Somewhere in your possession, in your desk, or tucked into a bookcase, are two large pieces of paper. They are covered closely with data invaluable to an Auditor. You have pored over them, and quoted from them many, many times. They are, of course, the Chart of Human Evaluation and the Chart of Attitudes. The data in them is a large part of an Auditor's stock in trade, and every Auditor in the world is, in some degree, familiar with them. But how about getting the data off the charts and applying it to life, to some real person? It's not hard to do casually, for some acute tone. "Joe was on a 1.5 kick list night." Sure, he turned red as a beet, and threw a book at your head. Simple. Mary breaks into sobs, and grabs for the Kleenex. Couple of Auditors on the scene exchange looks, nod sagely. "Hmm. Grief!" But how about chronic tone, with that thin, shiny veneer of social tone slicked over it? How sharp and how certain are you about that? Now, take a pc that you are familiar with. What, exactly, is his chronic tone? If you don't know, you had better read on. If you do, read on, and learn more about it. The title of this article starts with an odd word: obnosis. It's been put together from the phrase, "observing the obvious". The art of observing the obvious is strenuously neglected in our society at this time. Pity. It's the only way you ever see anything; you observe the obvious. You look at the isness of something, at what is actually there. Fortunately for us, the ability to obnose is not in any sense "inborn" or mystical. But it is being taught that way by people outside of Scientology. How do you teach somebody to see what is there? Well, you put up something for him to look at, and have him tell you what he sees. That is what is done in an ACC class, the earlier in the course, the better. A student is asked to stand up in the front of the classroom and be looked at by the rest of the students. An instructor stands by, and keeps asking, "What do you see?" The first responses run about like this: "Well, I can see he's had a lot of experience." "Oh, can you? Can you really see his experience? What do you see there?" "Well, I can tell from the wrinkles around his eyes and mouth that he's had lots of experience." "All right, but what do you see?" "Oh, I get you. I see wrinkles around his eyes and mouth." "Good!" The instructor accepts nothing that isn't plainly visible. A student starts to catch on and says, "Well, I can really see he's got ears." "All right, but from where you're sitting can you see both ears right now as you're looking at him?" "Well, no." "Okay. What do you see?" "I see he's got a left ear." "Fine!" No conjectures, no tacit assumptions will do. Nor are the students permitted to wander in the bank. For example, "He's got good posture." "Good posture by comparison with what?" "Well, he's standing straighter than most people I've seen." "Are they here now?" "Well, no, but I've got pictures of them." "Come on. Good posture in relation to what, that you can see right now." "Well, he's standing straighter than you are. You're a little slouched." "Right this minute?" "Yes." "Very good." You see what the goal of this is? It is to get a student to the point where he can look at another person, or an object, and see exactly what is there. Not a deduction of 148 what might be there from what he does see there. Not something the bank says ought to go in company with what is there. Just what is there, visible and plain to the eye. It's so simple, it hurts. Along with this practice in observing the obvious about people, the students receive a lot of information about particular physical and verbal indications of tone level. Things very easy to see and hear, by looking at a person's body and listening to his words. "Thetan-watching" has no part in obnosis. Look at the terminal, the body, and listen to what's coming out of it. You don't want to get mystical about this, and start relying on "intuition". Just look at what's there. As examples: You can get a good tip on chronic tone from what a person does with his eyes. At apathy, he will give the appearance of looking fixedly, for minutes on end, at a particular object. Only thing is, he doesn't see it. He isn't aware of the object at all. If you dropped a bag over his head, the focus of his eyes would probably remain the same. Moving up to grief, the person does look "downcast". A person in chronic grief tends to focus his eyes down in the direction of the floor a good bit. In the lower ranges of grief, his attention will be fairly fixed, as in apathy. As he starts moving up into the fear band, you get the focus shifting around, but still directed downward. At fear itself, the very obvious characteristic is that the person can't look at you. Terminals are too dangerous to look at. He's supposedly talking to you, but he's looking over in left field. Then he glances at your feet briefly, then over your head (you get the impression a plane's passing over), but now he's looking back over his shoulder. Flick, flick, flick. In short, he'll look anywhere but at you. Then, in the lower band of anger, he will look away from you, deliberately. You know, he looks away from you; it's an overt communication break. A little further up the line, and he'll look directly at you all right, but not very pleasantly. He wants to locate you -- as a target. Then, at boredom, you get the eyes wandering around again, but not frantically as in fear. Also, he won't be avoiding looking at you. He'll include you among the things he looks at. Equipped with data of this sort, and having gained some proficiency in looking at the isness of people, the ACC students are sent out into the public to talk to strangers and to spot them on the tone scale. Usually, but only as a slight crutch in approaching people, they are given a series of questions to ask each person, and a clipboard for jotting down the answers, notes, etc. They are public-opinion poll-takers from the Hubbard Research Foundation. The real purpose of their talking to people at all is to spot them on the tone scale, chronic tone and social tone. They are given questions calculated to produce lags and break through social machinery, so that the chronic tone juts out. Here are some sample questions, actually used: "What's the most obvious thing about me?" "When was the last time you had your hair cut?" "Do you think people do as much work now as they did fifty years ago?" At first, the students merely spot the tone of the person they are interviewing -- and many and various are the adventures they have while doing this! Later, as they gain some assurance about stopping strangers and plying them with questions, these instructions are added: "Interview at least 15 people. With the first five, match their tone, as soon as you've spotted it. The next five, you drop below their chronic tone, and see what happens. For the last five, put on a higher tone than theirs." What does an ACC student gain from these exercises? A willingness to communicate with anyone, for one thing. To begin with, students are highly selective about the sort of people they stop. Only old ladies. No one who looks angry. Or only people who look clean. Finally, they just stop the next person who comes along, even though he looks leprous and armed to the teeth. Confrontingness has come 'way up, and he's just somebody else to talk to. They become willing to pinpoint a person on the scale, without shilly-shallying. They say, "He's a chronic 1.1. Social tone 3.5, but real phony." That's the way it is, and they can see it. They also become quite gifted and flexible at assuming tones at will, and putting them across convincingly. Very useful in many situations, and lots of fun to do. They grow adept at punching through a comm lag in an informal situation. At sorting out apparencies from realities. The rise in certainty of communication, and in ease and relaxation of manner while handling people, in the students who have been run through this mill, is something which must 149 be seen or experienced to be believed. The one most often repeated request in every ACC Unit is: "Can't we please have some more obnosis this week? We haven't had enough of it yet." (This statement is very funny to the ACC instructors, because these same students said at the beginning, "If you make me go out there, I'll walk out on the course.") Obnosis is quite important, and should be learned as thoroughly as possible by all Scientologists. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1957, 1970, 1974 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 150  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=10/11/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 21 C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING   URGENT Remimeo All Class VIIIs Class VIII Checksheet C/S Checksheet ADD TO CKSHTS  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1970 Remimeo All Class VIIIs Class VIII Checksheet C/S Checksheet ADD TO CKSHTS URGENT C/S Series 21 C/S RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING The C/S is fully and entirely responsible for the ability of his auditors to audit. This has been true for 20 years but it gets neglected. This neglect gives us (a) Flubby Auditing (b) Fad tech. If auditing is flubby it is the C/S who is responsible. In the first place he permitted bad course training without screaming. In the second place he does not persuade or force auditors to correct their tech in cramming after flubs. Since flubby auditing is the primary reason for no results, an area where tech is bad tends to ride fads or grab "the newest and latest" and hope it will crack cases whereas doing the usual without flubs is what cracks the cases. If I find an auditor whose sessions I am C/Sing has failed to flatten a chain, I assume not that the pc is difficult but that the auditor does not know about (1) Only running items that read, (2) Multiple somatics, (3) Narrative chains and that his TRs are bad. I spot what it is from the session worksheet and say what it is and order the auditor to cramming (or to be crammed if there is no cramming) on the materials and on TRs always. I cannot C/S with flubby auditors. The pile of C/S folders grows. Any review has to be reviewed and my C/Ses just aren't getting done. If auditors I am C/Sing for are green I can count on a 4+ times increase in my C/Sing time. If my auditors are flubby C/Sing that should require 1 1/2 hours takes 6 1/2 hours. This is by actual timing. I have no objection to working with green or newly trained auditors. BUT IF I DO I RETRAIN THEM. The C/S who accepts an auditor from any course as a trained auditor is an optimist. There are three training stages. A. Course Study, theory and practical. B. Student Auditing. C. Professional Auditing. The C/S has to do with C. When A and B are very poor the job at C is much harder so the C/S should call it forcefully to attention of Course Supervisors. And then get a fast retrain going under himself. Retraining is an inevitable part of a C/S's job. No matter how good the course may have been the actual practice of auditing gives the new auditor different importance values. Also his hat has changed from a student hat to a real auditor's hat. 152 As a C/S works with an auditor he trains him. He also may order the new auditor audited. Essentially the C/S has to shift the new auditor's hat from a "What's it say?" to a "Now I do." With a whole green crew of auditors I give as a C/S a daily auditors' conference. I make sure my Tech Services is on the ball so auditors get in 5 or 6 hours in 5 or 6 hours, not in 10 or 12 hours while they wait for pcs or go find them. That gives them auditor admin and study time. Then I can have a conference. This conference does not violate any ivory tower as I don't C/S on their data of pcs. I find their questions and get them answered and I give them the reasons behind certain C/Ses. Then daily daily daily I meet any flub with an order to cramming on the material flubbed and on TRs. And I keep their overts pulled. A green auditor with me as a C/S has a very arduous time of it. There is no invalidation. Quite the contrary. The message is YOU CAN AUDIT. YOU CAN GET RESULTS. GET WISED UP AND GET ON WITH IT. One flub, one retrain in cramming. A lot of auditors are around who learned to audit with me as a C/S after their training. In the majority of cases they became fantastic auditors. In some few cases they went elsewhere before they could be fully trained. The magic of it all is simply: 1 flub, 1 retrain in cramming on that point. Mostly I didn't even pull them off the pc. The fuzzy muzzy state of most graduated students needs handling. It is handled by the C/S. The object of a C/S is to handle and improve cases. He can't do that with flubby auditors. So he has to make auditors out of students. If he does he can then achieve his object. If the C/S wears this part of his hat he really wins. He seldom has to unravel anything tough. He just C/Ses and the auditors audit EVENTUALLY. But every new auditor he gets is certain to lengthen the C/S's working day and lessen his results unless the C/S realizes that there is ON THE JOB TRAINING and gets it done. Training includes the auditor's staff hat and his knowledge of Tech and Qual Divisions. This would be true even in a Franchise or the field. They might not have the divisions but they have all the functions! Recently a C/S had to get about 60 people audited fast. She had seven auditors assigned. She did not assure that these auditors were knowledgeable on the courses they had had and she did not wear the training hat of a C/S. She wound up with herself and one auditor doing the whole 60. The excuse was, the other auditors "couldn't audit". It would have been far faster in terms of audited pc-hours to have rapidly crash-programmed the seven auditors through a refresher, cleaned up their misunderstoods and overts in a co-audit and then, using them, to shove them into cramming on the materials of any flub and TRs for each goof. She would have made seven auditors into stars and she would have gotten the 60 pcs fully audited completely and rapidly with minimal flubs. She would have had 60 Dianetic and Expanded Grade completions, 60 terrific beings AND IN LESS TIME. Morale goes to pot only when auditors do not get results. 153 Her basic error was assuming auditors should be able to audit. This isn't true of any auditor who has not served an apprenticeship under a competent C/S. An auditor who has been auditing 10 years, when he starts to audit for me the first time, I put on my C/S training hat and no matter how good or how poor he was when he began I make him a better auditor. A C/S who doesn't do this is letting the team down and badly. A C/S who doesn't do this will spend hours daily trying to puzzle out the solution to messes made. A C/S who doesn't do this fills up a field with flubbed cases regardless of his own skill in C/Sing. He is liable to sink into doubt, then treason and blow. The C/S who wears his training hat and does do this leads a smooth life, is respected by his auditors and is valuable beyond gold. To do this a C/S must himself be able to audit and to know his materials well enough to state which ones have to be crammed and never introduce strange ideas. Such a C/S will never have a revolt and will never have to dream something up or ride new fads because he is getting excellent results straight along for a happy org and public. I trust a C/S to do this. L. RON HUBBARD LRH:sb.rd Founder Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 154  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=28/11/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 22 PSYCHOSIS   Remimeo Class VIIIs Class VIII Chksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 NOVEMBER 1970 Remimeo Class VIIIs Class VIII Chksheet C/S Series 22 PSYCHOSIS Through a slight change of procedure on certain preclears I have been able to view the underlying motives and mechanisms of psychosis. Very possibly this is the first time the mechanisms which bring about insanity have been fully viewed. I must say that it requires a bit of confronting. The alleviation of the condition of insanity has also been accomplished now and the footnote in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health concerning future research into this field can be considered fulfilled. The things a C/S should know about insanity are as follows: HIGHER PERCENT About 15% to 20% of the human race apparently is insane or certainly a much higher percent than was estimated. The truly insane do not necessarily act insane visibly. They are not the psychiatric obvious cases who go rigid for years or scream for days. This is observed only in the last stages or during temporary stress. Under apparent social behavior the continual crimes knowingly committed by the insane are much more vicious than ever has been catalogued in psychiatric texts. The actions of the insane are not "unconscious". They are completely aware of what they are doing. All insane actions are entirely justified and seem wholly rational to them. As they have no reality on the harmful and irrational nature of their conduct it does not often register on an E-Meter. The product of their post duties is destructive but is excused as ignorance or errors. As cases in normal processing they roller coaster continually. They nearly always have a fixed emotional tone. It does not vary in nearly all insane people. In a very few it is cyclic, high then low. All characteristics classified as those of the "suppressive person" are in fact those of an insane person. The easiest ways for a C/S to detect the insane are: 1. Pretending to do a post or duties, the real consistent result is destructive to the group in terms of breakage, lost items, injured business, etc. 2. The case is no case gain or roller coaster and is covered under "PTS symptoms". 155 3. They are usually chronically physically ill. 4. They have a deep but carefully masked hatred of anyone who seeks to help them. 5. The result of their "help" is actually injurious. 6. They often seek transfers or wish to leave. 7. They are involved in warfare with conflicts around them which are invisible to others. One wonders how they can be so involved or get so involved in so much hostility. TYPES The German psychiatric 1500 or so "different types of insanity" are just different symptoms of the same cause. There is only one insanity and from it springs different manifestations. Psychiatry erred in calling these different types and trying to invent different treatments. DEFINITION Insanity can now be precisely defined. The definition is: INSANITY IS THE OVERT OR COVERT BUT ALWAYS COMPLEX AND CONTINUOUS DETERMINATION TO HARM OR DESTROY. Possibly the only frightening thing about it is the cleverness with which it can be hidden. Whereas a sane person can become angry or upset and a bit destructive for short periods, he or she recovers. The insane mask it, are misemotional continuously and do not recover. (Except by modern processing.) THE NATURE OF MAN Man is basically good. This is obvious. For when he begins to do evil he seeks to destroy his memory in order to change and seeks to destroy his body. He seeks to check his evil impulses by inhibiting his own skill and strength. He can act in a very evil fashion but his basic nature then makes it mandatory that he lessens himself in many ways. The towering "strength" of a madman is a rarity and is compensated by efforts at self-destruction. Man's mortality, his "one life" fixation, all stem from his efforts to check himself, obliterate his memory in a fruitless effort to change his conduct and his self-destructive habits and impulses and losses of skills and abilities. As this rationale proves out completely in processing and fits all cases observed, we have for the first time proof of his actual nature. As only around 20% are insane, and as those who previously worked in the mental field were themselves mainly insane, Man as a whole has been assigned an evil repute. Governments, where such personalities exist, listen to the opinion of the insane and apply the characteristic of 20% to the entire hundred percent. This gives an 80% wrong diagnosis. Which is why mental science itself was destructive when used by states. 156 TECHNIQUES The only technique available at this writing which will benefit the insane is contained in all the overt-motivator sequences and Grade II technology. At Flag at this writing new improvement on this exists but it is so powerful that slight errors in use can cause a psychotic break in the insane. It therefore will only be exported for use by specially trained persons and this programming will require quite a while. MEANWHILE it helps the C/S to know and use these firm rules: ALWAYS RUN DIANETIC TRIPLES. Never run Singles. The overt side (Flow 2) is vital. If you only run Flow 1 Motivators, the pc will not recover fully. Further running Flow 1 (Motivator only) any psychotic being processed will not recover but may even trigger into a psychotic break. If one never ran anything but motivators, psychotic manifestations would not erase. DEPEND ON EXPANDED GRADE II TECHNOLOGY TO EASE OFF OR HANDLE THE INSANE. Don't keep asking what's been done to him as he'll trigger. A new discovery on this is that when you run out the motivator the person gets a higher reality on his overts. If you ran out all his motivators he would have no reason for his overts. If these are not then run out he might cave himself in. PATTERN OF BEHAVIOR The APPARENT pattern of insane behavior is to come in (ask for processing, go on staff, etc) with the advertised intention of being helped or helping, then mess up either as a pc or on post, then state how bad it all is and leave. It looks obvious enough. He came, found it bad, left. That is only the APPARENT behavior. APPARENT REASONS. Based on numerous cases, this is the real cycle. Hearing of something good that might help these hateful awful rotten nasty people, the psycho comes in, wrecks this, upsets that, caves in this one, chops up that one and WHEN SOMEBODY SAYS "NO!" the psychotic either (a) Caves himself in physically or (b) Runs away. The psychotic is motivated by intent to harm. If he realizes he is harming things he shouldn't, he caves himself in. If he is afraid he will be found out, he runs. In the psychotic the impulse is quite conscious. CONCLUSION None of this is very nice. It is hard to confront. Even I find it so. Freud thought all men had a hidden monster in them for he dealt mainly with the psychotic and their behavior was what he saw. All men are not like this. The percentage that are is greater than I supposed but is a long way from all men. 157 Sometimes one only becomes aware of these when things are getting worked on and improved. They stay on as long as it can be made bad or there is hope it can be destroyed. Then when attention is given to improvement they blow. Artists, writers often have these types hanging around them as there is someone or something there to be destroyed. When success or failure to destroy or possible detection appears on the scene they blow, often as destructively as possible. Orgs are subjected to a lot of this. A psychotic sometimes succeeds in blowing off good staff. And then sooner or later realizes how evil he is acting and sickens or leaves. The society is not geared to any of this at all. The insane walk around wrecking the place and decent people think it's "human nature" or "inevitable" or a "bad childhood". As of this writing the insane can be handled. The proof of any pudding is the processing. And this is successful. It is also rather swift. But, as I say, it is so swift the special technique has to be done by the specially trained flubless auditor. For a long while I've realized that we would have to be able to handle insane people as the psychiatrist is fading. I have had opportunity to work on the problem. And have it handled. Until it is fully released, the C/S will benefit greatly from knowing the above as these come on his lines far more often than he has suspected. The insane can be helped. They are not hopeless. I trust this data will be of use. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Referred to by HCO B 10 May 1972, Robotism, Volume VIII, page 127.] 158  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=2/12/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S Series 23 EXTERIORIZATION SUMMARY   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 DECEMBER 1970 (REVISED -- see HCO B 17 Dec 71R Volume VIII -- 279) Remimeo C/S Series 23 EXTERIORIZATION SUMMARY EXTERIORIZATION CAN BE BADLY MISRUN. The following HCOBs cover Exteriorization Rundowns. HCOB 22 Mar 1970 Exteriorization and High TA HCOB 11 April 1970 Auditing Past Exterior HCOB 6 May 1970 Blows -- Auditing Past Exterior HCOB 30 May 1970 Interiorization Intensive -- 2-Way Comm HCOB 10 July 1970 Interiorization Intensive Goof HCOB 28 July 1970 An Exteriorization Intensive Flub and False Declares HCOB 20 Aug 1970 Exteriorization Rundown Musts HCOB 2 Dec 1970 Exteriorization Summary (this HCOB). The examination of Exteriorization Rundowns done in the field discloses that some auditors engaged in running it have not been fully checked out on it. HCO PL 26 Aug 1965 gives the correct way to do a starrate checkout. Clay demos must also be correctly done. These are covered in HCOB 11 Oct 1967 and HCOB 30 Oct 1970. These HCOBs on Ext Rundown, Starrates and Clay Demos plus HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, 2-WC as below, make the necessary pack for checking out an auditor before letting him near an Ext Rundown. And all Exteriorization materials as above MUST BE CHECKED OUT STARRATE AND IN CLAY before a C/S permits one of his auditors to run it on a pc. TWO-WAY COMM There is a two-way comm step that follows a day or so after an Exteriorization Rundown. An auditor doing this step, preferably the same auditor, MUST BE CHECKED OUT ON TWO-WAY COMM. No C/S should permit any auditor to do any 2-way comm until the auditor has 159 been checked out on HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, "Two-Way Comm Checksheet". One can obtain these tapes easily from Pubs (as the Sea Org has recently forced in this line and quality and delivery). Pending such tapes one can certainly get the rest of the materials on the checksheet done by the auditor and let him do 2-way comm while being very watchful as a C/S. C/SING EXT The correcting of an Exteriorization Rundown is far harder than making sure that auditors can do the usual in the first place. Nearly all a C/S's hard work comes from auditors not well trained on courses (indifferent courses) and failing to check auditors out well on the materials before permitting them to deliver a new rundown. The correction of Ext is hard since until it is complete, other auditing is inadvisable. One, however, gets the Ext Rundown done. EXT IS A REMEDY The Exteriorization Rundown is a REMEDY designed to permit the pc to be further audited after he has gone exterior. The Ext Rundown is NOT meant to be sold or passed off as a method of exteriorizing a pc. This is very important. It is general auditing on usual Dianetics and Scientology actions that brings about Exteriorization. When the pc goes or is found to be exterior one then orders the Exteriorization Rundown. Otherwise the TA will misbehave. The rundown is a REMEDY USED AFTER EXTERIORIZATION HAS OCCURRED BY REASON OF GENERAL AUDITING. Anxiety to get exterior will prompt a pc to buy and a registrar to sell an Exteriorization Rundown. It is in effect just more auditing as far as the registrar is concerned. When a pc has gone exterior the registrar can insist on his buying enough hours for the remedy. The Ext Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible to audit the pc further. The pc is most likely to exteriorize doing Dianetic Triples or Grade II as it is overts and withholds that keep him interiorized. A really bad off pc can be compulsively exterior, (a) gets audited, (b) interiorizes, (c) then exteriorizes again cleanly. This is when you use the Ext Rundown -- at (c). Drug users get blown out of their heads and bog, TA up. Sometimes their TA problem is such that you have to begin with an Ext Rundown before you can run out the drug engrams. Sometimes (rarely) a pc can't run engrams but has gone exterior. Such a case invariably is engaged in heavy present time overts. In such a case one runs the 3 Ext recalls and Grade II. (There is a better specific rundown on this but it cannot be released until Quals are functioning fully and training is excellent.) END RESULT The end result of an Ext Rundown is a pc who, having been exterior, can now be audited further. 160 Without an Ext Rundown a pc who has gone exterior in auditing will thereafter not be auditable until the Ext Rundown has been done. DISABILITY If an auditor can't smoothly audit a rundown as simple as an Ext Rundown, then he is exposed as being unable to run standard Dianetics and should be cleared of his misunderstoods and overts and retrained. The only real trouble one gets into on an Ext Rundown stems from the inability of the auditor to run a smooth, good TRed R3R session. Pcs are not hard to run on it. C/S WINS A C/S cannot win at all if he is continually having to make up for flubby auditing by the auditor. Therefore the C/S must be very sure his auditors are fully checked out on things they are to run before running them. If there is no Qual Staff Training Officer or no cramming, a C/S can fully afford to do the training and cramming himself. Otherwise he will lose far more than that time in C/Sing for auditors not checked out. By the skill of his auditors you know the C/S. Not by his unusual solutions after flubs. The Ext Rundown is too easy to do to have any trouble -- the trouble comes when the auditors are not checked out beforehand, starrate and in clay, on new things they are to run. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:rr.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 161  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=10/12/70 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING   Remimeo All Levels Training  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 10 DECEMBER 1970 Issue I Remimeo All Levels Training CLAY TABLE WORK IN TRAINING (This is a verbatim re-issue of the full training section of HCO B 17 Aug '64, "Clay Table Work in Training and Processing". It is re-issued for Students' use in Training on Courses. Those Sections not relating to Training can be found in the original HCO B.) THE ONLY REASON ANY STUDENT IS SLOW OR BLOWS LIES IN FAILURE TO UNDERSTAND THE WORDS USED IN HIS OR HER TRAINING. You will find that students at any level in any course will benefit greatly from Clay Table work on definitions. The importance of this will become apparent as you study our new educational technology, now mainly to be found on the tapes of the few weeks before this date. A Clay Table is any platform at which a student, standing or sitting, can work comfortably. In an Academy it may be 3 feet by 3 feet or 5 feet by 3 feet or any larger size. Smaller sizes are not useful. In the HGC it is about 2 1/2 feet by 4 feet. The surface must be smooth. A table built of rough timber will serve but the top surface where the work is done should be oilcloth or linoleum. Otherwise the clay sticks to it and it cannot be cleaned and will soon lead to an inability to see clearly what is being done because it is stained with clay leavings. In the Academy castors (wheels) can be put on the legs of both the clay table and the clay container where they will be moved a lot. Several different colors of clay should be procured. The best source is a school supply house where educational supplies are sold. Artists' clay is not as good as the school type. (Ask for kindergarten clay.) A receptacle, also of wood or metal and having a separate stand of its own of any type, is also valuable. It should have subdivisions in it for the different colored clays. The amount of each color is not important so long as there is at least a pound or two of each color in a small class or an auditing room. In the Academy colors are only used to make a student see the difference between one object and another and have no other significance as the objects in the mind are not uniformly colored. While "ridges" are black, they can become white. Engrams may be a number of colors all in one engram, just as Technicolor is a colored motion picture. However, some persons see engrams only in black and white. So the color in the Academy is for instruction only, assisting to tell the difference between one object or another. (In the HGC it may be very significant to the pc, as covered later.) The instructor works with the table before classes at times, so it is of benefit to have a table so arranged that it will tilt toward the class at about a 30;dg angle with the floor. This can be done as easily as putting the back legs of the table on temporary wooden blocks or as complicatedly as using a large engineer's drawing table which tilts its whole top. If a table is to tilt, the lower edge during the tilt must have a one or two inch guard board to keep the covering or the clay from falling to the floor if it slips. It 162 doesn't slip, usually, on a linoleum table surface but sometimes a bit is dropped and an instructor can more gracefully recover it if it hasn't rolled off on the floor. A loose linoleum top is also prevented from sliding off by a guard board. Any part of the mind can be represented by a piece of clay or a white card. The mass parts are done by clay, the significance or thought parts by label. A piece of clay and a label are usually both used for any part of the mind. A thin-edged ring of clay with a large hole in it is usually used to signify a pure significance. The labels used by instructors (but not by students) are done on white cards, inked with a heavy black inking means such as a china marking pencil or a "Gem-Marker" where a metal cylinder holds ink and the point is made of felt. The inked label is mounted on a small stick two to four inches long of the kind used by nurses for swabs or metal ones used to hold meat together. Scotch tape or Sellotape will bind a label to a stick. Everything is labelled that is made on the clay table, no matter how crude the label is. Students usually do labels with scraps of paper written on with a ball-point. An instructor would use the fancier kind so that these would easily be visible to others. The main clay table and its clay container is set up in the lecture room of a course in such a way so that it can be moved up in front of a class, or over in the corner out of the way, or to an area in the room where two or three students can gather around it or work. More than one clay table must be made for large classes but the additional tables need not tilt. In the HGC a clay table is narrower and longer and one is placed in each auditing room. Any HGC clay table can be used to train staff auditors. The clay tables in auditing rooms are used for processing. In the HGC there is not just one table for everyone's use. There is one in each auditing room. USE ON COURSES Any part of the mind or any term in Scientology can be demonstrated on a Clay Table. This is an important point to grasp. The use of the table is not just for a few terms. It can be used for all definitions. The ingenuity of the instructor or the student and their understanding of the terms being demonstrated are the only limits on a Clay Table. Simplicity is the keynote. Nothing is too insignificant or unimportant to demonstrate on a clay table. The first mistake is to believe that only R6, for which the lower grade student is not ready, can be demonstrated on a clay table. Anything can be so demonstrated if you work at it. And just by working on how to demonstrate it or make it into clay and labels brings about renewed understanding. In the phrase "how do I represent it in clay" is contained the secret of the teaching. If one can represent it in clay one understands it. If one can't, one really doesn't understand what it is. So clay and labels work only if the term or things are truly understood. And working them out in clay brings about an understanding of them. Therefore one can predict that the clay table will be most used in a practice or organization which understands the most and will be least used in an organization that understands the least (and is least successful). Let us look over the level of simplicity of the terms to be used in a course of instruction. Let us take BODY. All right, make a few lumps and call it a body and put a sign on it "BODY". Now that doesn't seem to be much to do. But it is a lot to do to forward understanding. 163 Let us make a yellow ring of clay beside the body or on it or in it and label it "A Thetan". We can thereupon see the relationship between the two most used terms in Scientology, "Body" and "Thetan". And cognitions will result. The student's attention is brought right to the room and the subject. Getting the student to do this by himself, even when he's seen it done by the Instructor, produces a new result. Getting the student to do it 25 times with his own hands almost exteriorizes him. Getting the student to contrive how it can be done better in clay or how many ways it can be done in clay drives home the whole idea of the location of the thetan in the body. ART is no object in clay table work. The forms are crude. Take a large lump of clay of any color, and cover up both "thetan" and "body" with it and you have MIND. Take every part of the mind and make it in clay by making a thetan, making a body and making one or more parts of the mind (Machine, facsimile, ridge, engram, lock, what have you -- all Scientology terms) and get the student to explain what it is and we begin to clarify what we're about. Get a student to make a Present Time Problem. Make him put in all its parts represented in clay (boss, mother, self) and have each one done with a body, a thetan and a mind and some rather remarkable insights begin to occur. The quantity of things that can be made has no limit. The principal thing is to GET EVERY SCIENTOLOGY TERM MADE IN CLAY AND LABELS by the individual student. You will see a new era dawn in training. You will see Academy blows vanish and time on course cut to one fifth in many instances. These are desirable attainments in any course so Clay Table work is serious Academy business. Ingenuity and understanding are the only limits on the use of the clay table and the attainment of excellent results with it. Additional HCO Bs on Clay Table Training: HCO B 11 Oct 67 Clay Table Training HCO B 22 Apr 70 Clay Table Demo Checkouts HCO B 30 Oct 70 Clay Demo L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1964, 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 164  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=23/12/70 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FAST COURSES   Remimeo Applies to AOs Info to all orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 DECEMBER 1970 Remimeo Applies to AOs Info to all orgs FAST COURSES We should end off fast grades and slow courses. What we want is thorough grades and fast courses. Speed-up of HDCs, Class IV, VI, VII, VIII and "HGC Auditor" Courses at all orgs, AOs (and SHs) would encourage more students. My time for it is 3 weeks. This was up to 5 and even 11 to 13 weeks at once by illegal checksheet increases. Class VIII material ended with HCO Bs at the end of 1968. The 1969 - - mid-1970 HCO Bs and materials are Class IX and we are currently about to prepare orgs for Class X delivery WHEN ORGS CAN USE WHAT THEY HAVE. No Retread of IV, VI or VII may be given at AO expense. IT IS ILLEGAL TO GIVE A RETREAD COURSE AWAY. A person who has to be retreaded on Academy and SHSBC to receive a Class VIII Course is of course a false attest. Further the full expense of the Course would be at the cost of the Academy or the SH that gave it. Normally speaking a retread requirement would be too unwieldy if the student were sent back to an Academy or an SHSBC. A more practical solution would be to form a retread course from the HGC Auditor Checksheet and give it and send the offending org that gave the Course a bill for it. Teach it to the student. Then put the student on the Class VIII Course. The Class VIII Course has been slowed by: (a) Attempting to use it as a free retread IV and VI Course instead of just teaching Class VIII. (b) Adding what will be Class IX to the 1968 HCO Bs thus tangling up the Course design and extending its checksheet to triple length. (c) Incompetent or unalert Supervision. The Class VIII Course is 3 weeks long. Period. Counter policy has been for the Supervisor to set the Course length, to add to the Course, to give away free retread and to give away the 1969-mid-70 materials training. The auditing skill and type of 1969-mid-70 is different. The C/S Series and type is different and is Class IX. But has even been shoved into Academies!! where they really flub Exteriorization Rundowns. A Class VIII has an HDC requisite. If they can't cleanly audit pure Dianetics to a result they'll never be able to audit Scientology. We learned in 1969 that the Class VIII failures were due to HDC inabilities! Class VIII had its own C/Sing, its own remedies, its own skills. They are important. Now do we tell students "they're all old now, we have a C/S Series, etc, etc." Or do we teach Class VIII? On Flag a Class IV or VI just can't keep up with the C/Sing. Until he's a VII and 165 then an VIII. We are auditing IX and X on Flag. That does not mean Class IV, VI, VII and VIII aren't done! We'll never get Class IX into the field. Ext Rundown flubs in the field are gruesome. That's because Ext we find is a Class IX process! Only a person who has been an HDC, a IV, a VI and an VIII can be taught what we're doing. Throwing an out of sequence into training in orgs is defeating good auditing. This HCO B gives you the answers on how to get training back into sequence. Class VIIIs got results they were trained to get. That's all the result any auditor can get. So speed up your courses by wiping out the counter policy. Fast training gets students in. Slow training messes up the whole field and denies enrollments. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 166  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=2/1/71 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ILLEGAL AUDITING   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1971 Remimeo ILLEGAL AUDITING Lists of withholds required of a crew member or staff member without proper sessioning are now illegal. Confessionals which do not F/N must be reported to Qual as a failed session. An Exam report is required after any Confessional. Any auditing outside of sessions must be reported and if failed may become actionable. Challenging people out of session as "having withholds" is illegal. Auditing is done by auditors who are trained and is done on regular lines. Contact Assists and Touch Assists are not only legal, they are mandatory when any injury occurs. They must be followed by Exam reports. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:sb.rd Copyright $c 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 167  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=4/1/71 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA   Remimeo HGC Auditors Scn Checksheets AOs Class VIII Checksheets  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JANUARY 1971 Remimeo HGC Auditors (Reissued and Corrected 3 October 71. Scn Checksheets Correction in No. 8, EF 1 in this type style.). AOs Class VIII Checksheets EXTERIORIZATION AND HIGH TA (Revises and replaces HCO B 22 March 70 of same title by changing clearing of commands and wording of commands in Exteriorization Intensive) For a long while we have known that if you audit a person after he or she has exteriorized, you often get a high Tone Arm, somatics and an upset case. The answer has been to cease to audit a person after exteriorization has occurred. This is so much a fact that five out of five "in trouble" cases I recently examined had every one of them been audited for some time after they exteriorized. The TA had or had not gone high but the cases were bogged. They revived at once when the fact of exteriorization was located. F/N, VGIs and when rehabbed (by counting number of times) somatics ceased. The rule has been -- don't audit after a pc has exteriorized. This is one of those very fundamental things that seems to defy research and yet if not solved will keep things messed up. Persons who exteriorize on lower grades need their upper grades and yet if audited further may mess up. This places a limit on auditing and yet the person may still have aberrations and somatics. But the fact of having exteriorized bars the road. So I got to work and made a breakthrough on it. Hurrah! It has now been fully vindicated by long tests and is now released for general use. EXTERIORIZATION Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or without full perception. It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual is not a body but an individual. This discovery in 1952 proved beyond any question the existence of a thetan, that the individual was a thetan, not a body, and disproved that man was an animal, and that he was a spiritual being timeless and deathless. Techniques have existed since 1952 that exteriorize a person. These are not now used because the person (a) still being aberrated and not Clear, soon returns to his body and (b) when audited thereafter has trouble. This is a major problem a thetan sometimes has at death. How to exteriorize? He makes it eventually of course but he should be able to do so at once. But, in my research, I found it unreasonable that a person would be hard to audit just because he had exteriorized and had reinteriorized. For he has obviously done just that at every death and birth and must have done so hundreds of billions of times. So why should a recent exteriorization then make him hard to audit? Yet it did. 168 My asking of that question was the first breakthrough. The rest soon followed. ENGRAM BEHAVIOR We know in Dianetics that if you continue to run the last part of an engram which has in fact an earlier beginning which isn't being run and is ignored the TA will go up. The reason for this is that the first of a chain or the first part of an experience or a first experience (basic on a chain of incidents) has to be run for the chain or incident to erase. If you only ran the end of incidents you would get a high TA and no erasure. If you only ran incidents late on the chain you would get a high TA. Pcs are uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high (above 3.5 or up). If you don't erase incidents or chains of incidents when auditing (or key them out as in release) you get a perpetually high TA. High TA cases have been "overrun" on something. That however is a very oversimplified explanation. The truth is that they have been run on something that didn't erase. The something has an earlier beginning than was detected or an earlier incident. In life one, having engrams about it, adds new incidents in living until something is "overrun" or done too often. The TA is therefore high. A TA records MASS. Mental mass has a higher electrical resistance and so measures more "ohms" of resistance, an electrical term for the trouble electricity has in passing through something. The more resistance the more units of resistance are recorded on the meter. The TA actually measures resistance. Thus, the end of an incident can be restimulated. If the beginning of it is never touched then one will just accumulate more and more mass. THE MISSED BEGINNING What has happened here, as regards exteriorization is that we have concentrated on EXTERIORIZATION. If one is IN something, he must have gotten into it. Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the INTERIORIZATION. The being went into something before he went out of it. Exteriorization occurs at death. That's an engram. Interiorization occurs at birth, that's an engram. So when somebody goes Exterior he is actually liable to key in having gone interior in the first place. Get it? So when you exteriorize somebody or he exteriorizes during auditing he gets keyed in a bit and without having audited earlier INTERIORIZATIONS, he has been put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident which began with Interiorization. Not only are you touching on something (exteriorization) late on a chain (which has hundreds of billions of like incidents ahead of it), you are also touching something 169 which is late in the incident (which began with interiorization). On both counts then, the TA may go high. THE REMEDY The remedy is to audit out Interiorizations (i.e: times the person went in). If this is done, then the pc can be audited all you want after Exteriorization. Auditing the Interiorizations by recall, secondaries, engrams, triple flow on each, restores the possibility of auditing a pc after an exteriorization has occurred in auditing. THE PROCESS The Case Supervision directions for Interiorization are to be done by a Scientology Auditor. They can be done purely in Dianetics by using only steps 5, 7 and 8. It is more effective when done by an Scn Auditor who is also HDC. 1. Omit ruds but if pc upset you can do a rapid L-1B. Grab first BD item or big read. Indicate any charge. 2. Clear EXTERIORIZATION with pc (per definition given earlier). 3. Check for having been audited after exteriorization. (TA should come down and F/N, Cog and VGIs.) 4. Rehab (rehabilitate) condition by getting or counting number of times exteriorized. You should get F/N, Cog and VGIs. 5. (a) Clear INTERIORIZATION as the state or condition of being interiorized. (b) Carefully clear TO GO IN as the act of the verb Interiorizing. (c) Carefully clear WENT IN (past tense of the verb "to go in") as the past tense of the act of Interiorizing. It is very important to clear these three steps carefully so that the pc understands that what you will be auditing is times the PC WENT IN or others were caused TO GO IN -- and NOT "was in" or "was stuck in" or "sat in", but the actual times when the action of going in occurred. 6. Run 3-way Recall on WENT IN. RF 1 -- Recall a time you went in. (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.) RF 2 -- Recall a time you caused another to go in. (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.) RF 3 -- Recall a time others (or another) caused others to go in. (To F/N, Cog, VGIs.) 7. Run 3-way Secondaries. SF 1 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you went in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) SF 2 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when you caused another to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) 170 SF 3 -- Locate an incident of loss or emotion when others caused others to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) 8. Run 3-way Engrams. EF 1 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when you went in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) EF 2 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when you caused another to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) EF 3 -- Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness when others caused others to go in. (R3R to basic, EP = F/N, Cog, VGIs, Erasure.) Note: All steps and flows as above given to end with F/N, Cog, and VGIs. Don't chop the F/N by indicating until pc has had his cognition and VGIs. CAUTION: THIS INTENSIVE MUST BE DONE IN ONE SESSION. It will be seen that Recall and R3R steps and procedure are standard except they address the subject "Interiorization" (expressed as WENT IN or TO GO IN). FUTURE AUDITING One should now be able to audit the pc even after exteriorization. WARNING This is a major case action and should only be run when the pc is rested and in good physical shape. SUMMARY If a pc goes exterior on Dianetics, Scientology lower grades or at OT levels, one at once audits out the chain of Interiorizations, using the above C/S. With this done the pc or Pre OT can go on being audited. The way is open to more powerful OTs. All fundamental discoveries are essentially simple ones. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:JR:mes.rd Copyright $c 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [For further data on the Interiorization Rundown, see HCO B 11 April 1970, Auditing Past Exterior, page 36; HCO B 6 May 1970, Blows -- Auditing Past Exterior, page 42; HCO B 30 May 1970, Interiorization Intensive -- 2 Way Comm, page 52; and HCO B 20 August 1970, Exteriorization Rundown Musts, page 125.] 171  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 11 iDate=13/1/71 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=23/1/71 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXTERIORIZATION   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JANUARY 1971 Remimeo (Reissued & Corrected 23 Jan '71) EXTERIORIZATION On reviews of field-given Exteriorization intensives during the past year, I found many cases had been flubbed. On researching this I found the following: 1. The Remedy was being used as an effort to Exteriorize people. People exteriorize in any normal auditing. What was needed was a remedy to be able to audit them thereafter without driving their TAs up. 2. Auditors evidently skimped their HDC Courses and did not know WHY one went to an earlier beginning or earlier incident. Thus they didn't know why you had to run Interiorization. 3. HCO B 22 Mar 70, "Exteriorization and High TA", must have been studied only for the rote commands. The theory of it was not studied. 4. Common Dianetic goofs got in the road of the rundown, the auditor failing to repeat the chain in asking for an earlier incident, i.e. "Is there an earlier incident containing a head pain?" 5. The Exteriorization intensive was being stretched over several sessions. As only it can be audited, between sessions PTPs, etc, would intervene. So it had to be done in one session. 6. Clearing the command was flubby and the pc often thought Interiorization meant "being in and trying to get out" and so the wrong end of the incident (the end) was being run. 7. People who hadn't been exterior at all and whose TAs were normal -- not high -- were being run on it. 8. It was being sold as a special rundown to exteriorize people, not just to enable them to go on being audited. The number of Exteriorization Rundown flubs is excessive. Therefore new HCO Bs and a new pack have been issued. These include: HCO B 4 Jan 71, "Exteriorization and High TA" REVISED, which contains the theory and NEW COMMANDS nobody can goof. HCO B 6 Jan 71, "Starrate Checkouts for Exteriorization Intensive". HCO B 5 Jan 71, "Going Earlier in R3R and Exteriorization Intensives". The glaring outness is Dianetic R3R skill. An HDC who can't run a flubless Dianetic session and get all three flows down to F/N studied in doubt, audits in doubt and ought to be in a condition of doubt until he retreads and actually reads the text and does the drills. Dianetic R3R is just too easy to be flubbed. 172 After patching up many of these done in the field I became very alert to the state of training. A new Course Supervisor Course has been done and is being issued. Obviously, auditors are no longer required to be starrated on new materials before they audit them. This omission must be remedied at once. NO AUDITOR MAY AUDIT MATERIALS OR APPLY HCO Bs ON WHICH HE HAS NOT BEEN STARRATED. No HGC or C/S may order an auditor to run a process if that auditor has not been starrated on its theory and practical first. As for Dianetics, an auditor who cannot routinely carry a chain to an F/N VGI Cog and erasure running R3R may not retain his certificate unless retreaded and his HDC is suspended until he is retreaded. For people to goof up using these clean positive tools is inexcusable. The results are there to be obtained. WE OBTAIN SPECTACULAR POSITIVE RESULTS WITH THESE SAME MATERIALS DAILY WHEREVER THEY ARE ACTUALLY STUDIED AND APPLIED. Please correct flubby auditing wherever you find it. Auditors must be checked out and drilled on new materials. Courses must be precisely taught. People who flub must be crammed until they don't. And those who still flub must be retreaded. The materials when applied produce great results. When they are not applied they don't. SO APPLY THEM! CORRECTLY. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 173  L. RON HUBBARD Founder   Type = 21 iDate=13/1/71 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXAM 24 HOUR RULE   Remimeo Qual Div Dept 15 Examiner's Hat E/O Hat Dept 3 Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JANUARY 1971 Remimeo Qual Div Dept 15 Examiner's Hat E/O Hat Dept 3 Hat EXAM 24 HOUR RULE (Additional Information) When it comes to light that a pc has roller coastered despite an F/N at session end and at Examiner's and if neither Tech nor Qual makes any effort to remedy, then the matter becomes a High Crime. Example: If a pc at the Examiner's F/Ns and yet within a few hours returns for a second Examination with a complaint which does not F/N, then the 24 hour rule applies. If the Tech C/S ignores it and no repair is done within 24 hours by Tech or Qual, both lose their stats for that day. If the matter continues unhandled the matter becomes a High Crime. HIDDEN FAILURES If due to failure to repair or handle session errors or failure to complete a major action, a pc becomes ill or unable to work, and if no effort is made by Tech or Qual to handle, the matter becomes a High Crime under HCO PL 7 Feb 65, reissued 15 June 1970, "Keeping Scientology Working" (see Note at the beginning of that Policy Letter), and HCO PL 7 Mar 65, OEC Volume 1, page 550, No. 3 Crimes: Placing Scientology or Scientologists at risk. In such a case a Comm Ev must be convened and having fixed the cause of neglect and the persons responsible may, in addition to any fines or penalties, cost Tech and Qual all stats and bonuses for a reasonable period following the occurrence as set by the Comm Ev and as refundable by the divisional personnel from future pay. L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:nt.rd Copyright $c 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 174  L. RON HUBBARD Founder